Total Water Cycle Management Strategy For Moreton Bay Regional Council
Total Water Cycle Management Strategy For Moreton Bay Regional Council
Total Water Cycle Management Strategy For Moreton Bay Regional Council
Offices
Brisbane
Denver
Mackay
Melbourne
Prepared For: Moreton Bay Regional Council Newcastle
Perth
Sydney
Prepared By: BMT WBM Pty Ltd (Member of the BMT group of companies) Vancouver
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
DOCUMENT CONTROL SHEET
www.wbmpl.com.au
Client : Moreton Bay Regional Council
Client Reference
Title : Total Water Cycle Management Strategy for Moreton Bay Regional Council
Author : Brad Grant, Nicole Ramilo, Tony Weber
Synopsis : This document presents the results of a study investigating the drivers and issues
influential in the development of a Total Water Cycle Management (TWCM) Plan for
Moreton Bay Regional Council. It also assesses different solutions to address the
identified catchment issues, and recommends a shortlist of potential solutions for
further investigation in Phase 2, the detailed planning phase.
REVISION/CHECKING HISTORY
DISTRIBUTION
DESTINATION REVISION
0 1 2 3
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
TWCM Strategy Summary Report
This Total Water Cycle Management (TWCM) Strategy presents the results of a study involving the
identification of water cycle management drivers and issues affecting the Moreton Bay Regional Council
(MBRC) region, development of solutions to address the identified issues, and preliminary assessment of
these solutions resulting in the selection of catchment solution sets recommended for further investigation
in a detailed planning phase (development of the TWCM Plan).
Part 1: TWCM Strategy Summary Report – this provides an easy to read overview of the key findings
and study results, and can be extracted as a stand alone document (this report)
Part 2: TWCM Strategy Technical Report – this provides the detailed findings and technical information
associated with the study (follows on from this Summary Report)
This TWCM Strategy Summary Report (Part 1) presents an overview of the key study findings as follows:
¾ Study conclusions.
Background 2
In 2009, the Ecosystem Health Monitoring Program (EHMP) reported a general decline in all receiving
estuaries and waters in SEQ, with Moreton Bay declining from a B- to a D, the lowest ecosystem health
rating in over a decade of monitoring. The recent ‘Millennium Drought’ experienced in South East
Queensland (SEQ), which saw regional bulk water supplies drop below 20%, has also propelled the issue
of water security to a high priority. These issues, combined with the increasing pressures of development
and population growth, demonstrate that detailed planning with regard to the management of water
resources within SEQ is essential. This planning will ensure that existing environmental, social and
economic values in the region are maintained or improved.
In this context, the Environmental Protection (Water) Policy 2009 (EPP Water) was revised and released
in August 2009. This updated version of the EPP Water now prescribes that all Local Government Areas
(LGAs) over a certain population must develop and implement a TWCM Plan specific to its local
government area prior to 1 July 2012.
The EPP Water describes the matters that must be taken into account when an LGA is preparing a
TWCM Plan. The primary intent of the EPP Water is to use TWCM Plans to enable equitable and
informed decisions to be made about the use of water in a way that results in water quality improvements.
The SEQ Regional Plan 2009-2031 also supports the use of TWCM Plans as the preferred method for
ensuring land use and infrastructure planning is environmentally sustainable, and to ensure reliable water
supplies to cater for forecast population growth.
Moreton Bay Regional Council (MBRC) is one of the first LGAs in Queensland to commence the process
of TWCM Planning. The TWCM Plan developed for MBRC will build on the findings of previous studies in
the region investigating sustainable loads and integrated urban water management.
Phase 2 – Preparation of the Total Water Cycle Management Plan (Detailed Planning Phase)
This document forms the TWCM Strategy (Phase 1). The TWCM Plan (Phase 2) will identify how the
Strategy will be implemented, including comprehensive predictions of the outcomes of implementation, the
costs and benefits of application, and detailed infrastructure plans for TWCM that can be adopted into
other strategic planning processes. The TWCM Plan is scheduled for completion by August 2011.
Concurrent to this project, Water By Design released a draft Guideline in September 2010 to outline a
process to develop and implement a TWCM Plan that would ensure compliance with the legislative
requirements of the EPP Water. This Strategy is consistent with general intention of these guidelines.
Background 3
Study Area
Key catchments and features within the Moreton Bay Regional Council study area are shown in Figure 1.
Environmental Flows
The Water Resource (Moreton) Plan 2007 sets environmental
flow objectives for the following waterways within MBRC:
• Pumicestone Creek at end of system;
• Caboolture River at end of system;
• Pine River at end of system;
• South Pine River at North Pine River confluence; and
• Stanley River at Woodford Weir inflow.
The consequence of having to maintain environmental flows in
these waterways can potentially adversely impact on the
available water supply and associated harvestable yield in the
region. If water storages are required to release a certain
amount of water to downstream reaches, this can reduce
yields. Combine this with the potential impacts of climate
change and increasing population on water supplies, and it is
evident that the TWCM planning process will need to account
for environmental flow requirements in any future water
accounting scenarios to ensure that storage yields are
appropriately determined.
Population Growth
Strong population growth is anticipated within MBRC, particularly within the following greenfield
development areas:
• Caboolture Identified Growth Area (CIGA);
• Morayfield and Narangba Transport Precincts;
• Elimbah East; and
• The Northern Growth Corridor – including Dakabin, Griffin, Mango Hill and North Lakes.
To ensure sustainable development, this additional population growth will need to be considered in terms of
additional resources and infrastructure requirements along with increasing pressures on environmental
values.
Drivers For TWCM 6
Climate Change
It is estimated that climate change may impact on future water supplies within MBRC. This impact may
potentially result in a 10% reduction in surface water supply/yield, and it is therefore essential that this
impact is considered in any future scenarios from a water supply perspective. This also places emphasis
on the need for the investigation of other sources of water which are less susceptible to climate change
impacts, given the current reliance on surface water supplies in the region.
Water Conservation
Water savings targets set in the SEQ Regional Plan in order to reduce residential and non-residential
water demand are expected to affect future water demand within MBRC. While the TWCM Plan may
include solutions for additional water supplies, it is essential that water conservation maintains a continued
focus in order to minimise inefficient water use. This may delay or eliminate the need for future water
infrastructure upgrades, such as desalination plants, and also contributes to wastewater flow/load
reduction targets.
Wastewater Management
The key driver in terms of wastewater management is the current need for STPs to comply with legislative
requirements of the Environmental Protection Act 1994 and the Environmental Protection (Water) Policy
2009, while also accommodating for future development and growth within MBRC.
In order to achieve this, sustainable pollutant loads for receiving waterways (i.e. the annual pollutant load
that waterways can assimilate without exceeding concentration based Water Quality Objectives (WQOs))
will need to be determined and inputs from wastewater will need to be considered along with other inputs
(i.e. diffuse loads) in the context of Total Water Cycle Management.
Additionally, Council’s commitment to the SEQ Healthy Waterways Strategy 2007 - 2012, and specifically
the Point Source Pollution Management Action Plan - which has a target to prevent 100% of nutrient point
sources from entering Moreton Bay by 2026 - is another key driver.
Drivers For TWCM 7
Water Quality
The key water quality drivers for MBRC in terms of water quality are to:
• Satisfy regulatory requirements of the Environmental Protection Act 1994 and Environmental Protection
(Water) Policy 2009, which prescribe the development of a TWCM Plan to help achieve Water Quality
Objectives and protect Environmental Values;
• Meet commitments of the SEQ Healthy Waterways Strategy 2007-2012, which aims to achieve waterways
and catchments that are healthy ecosystems supporting the livelihoods and lifestyles of people in SEQ by
2026;
• Achieve targets set in the SEQ Natural Resources Management Plan that are aligned with desired
regional outcomes and policies for Water Management in the SEQ Regional Plan; and
• Implement planning and management of urban stormwater to comply with the Sustainable Planning Act
(2009) and State Planning Policy for Healthy Waters (effective 28 February 2011), as well as design
objectives set out in the SEQ Regional Plan 2009-2031 Implementation Guideline No. 7: Water Sensitive
Urban Design.
Considering the current condition of waterways, and the future population growth and development
pressures in the region, existing water quality pressures on receiving waters in the region are likely to
significantly increase. These are key challenges that will need to be addressed in the TWCM planning
process.
Flooding
The TWCM planning process will need to consider flooding impacts when developing management
solutions. There should be no increase in flooding risk from any of the solutions developed, and ideally the
target should be to decrease the flooding risk in each catchment as well as downstream impacts, where
possible. However, it should be noted that to resolve broader issues of floodplain management, MBRC is
developing a Floodplain Management Plan as a companion document to the TWCM Plan.
Drivers For TWCM 8
A recent water industry reform has resulted in the formation of a new water distribution and retail business
serving the needs of both the Moreton Bay and Sunshine Coast communities. This new entity is called
Unitywater and commenced operations on 1 July 2010. Any implications associated with the
establishment of this new entity and the functional responsibility split between MBRC and Unitywater will
need to be considered in the TWCM Plan. Unitywater will be the responsible organisation for delivering
many of the water cycle solutions developed for the TWCM Plan and a foreshadowed amendment to the
EPP Water will require MBRC to seek the endorsement of the TWCM Plan by Unitywater, for delivering
TWCM solutions related to water supply and sewage.
A number of areas have been identified within MBRC which are environmentally sensitive and require
protection from adverse environmental stressors. These areas are important environmental assets, on
both a local and regional scale. One outcome from the TWCM planning process will be the development
of measures which minimise existing and future environmental impacts on these areas.
The provision of sustainable and cost effective urban water and wastewater services is essential to meet
growing population and environmental pressures in the Moreton Bay region. Effective infrastructure
timing and cost optimisation is required to meet this need. The extensive investment in the upgrades to
STPs, stormwater management and water supply source augmentation required over the next 5 to 10
years will place significant financial pressures upon the owners of that infrastructure. The TWCM Plan will
assist with determining the most cost effective means of providing that infrastructure, through identification
of alternative options (in a triple bottom line way) and determine anticipated timing of expenditure and look
at options that may result in deferral or elimination of significant capital costs.
The need to increase recycling of water has been widely established, however the need to determine how
much and where this is to occur and to make appropriate changes to planning provisions is required.
The drivers briefly discussed in previous pages summarise the key environmental, social, and economic
factors which influence the need for TWCM planning within MBRC and provide the context in which the
TWCM planning process is to be undertaken. A more detailed discussion of the individual drivers is
included in Part 2 of this document (TWCM Strategy Technical Report).
Catchment Water Cycle Accounts 10
A description of the key characteristics of each catchment, along with a summary of the existing and
future accounts for each element of the water cycle is presented in the following pages. These accounts
also illustrate the key constraints specific to each catchment, and were used to assist in identifying the
issues for TWCM within each catchment.
A detailed description of the methodology used in determining the existing and future water cycle
accounts, as well as more detailed water cycle accounts for each catchment, is included in the TWCM
Strategy Technical Report.
Overall MBRC Region 11
The water account for the overall MBRC region, showing water
movement and key issues, is summarised on the following
page.
Outflows
Overall MBRC Region Water Account
Inflows
Imported Reticulated
Evapotranspiration Water 11.3 GL/yr
Rainfall
2,316 GL/yr
3,213 GL/yr
Exported Reticulated
Water 1.3 GL/yr
500
400
300
Population 374,900 2010
200
100
0
2010 2031
Year
Imported Reticulated
Water 11.3 GL/yr
Rainfall
Evapotranspiration Exported Reticulated
3,213 GL/yr
2,316 GL/yr Water 1.3 GL/yr
Rural Extractions
13.5 GL/yr
Groundwater
Drainage Loss
48.2 GL/yr STPs
5%
Total Loads to Receiving Waters
from Stormwater and STPs
910 GL/yr
TSS 49,777 t/yr Total
TN 988 t/yr Stormwater
TP 116 t/yr 95%
Population 566,600
(No CIGA)
2031
Stanley River Catchment 13
Potable water is sourced from within the catchment at the EHMP Score (2010): B-
Woodford Weir, located on the Stanley River at Woodford,
which has a storage yield of 1.1 GL/yr. Water from the weir is
treated at the Woodford water treatment plant (WTP), which
has a capacity of 1.5 GL/yr.
Inflows
Imported Reticulated
Water 0 GL/yr
Rainfall Evapotranspiration
670 GL/yr 501 GL/yr Exported Reticulated
Water 0 GL/yr
Imported Reticulated
Evapotranspiration
Water 0 GL/yr
501 GL/yr
Rainfall
670 GL/yr Exported Reticulated
Water 0 GL/yr
Rural Extractions
3.6 GL/yr
Groundwater
Drainage Loss
10.1 GL/yr STPs
0.2%
Total Loads to Receiving Waters
from Stormwater and STPs
159 GL/yr
TSS 6,119 t/yr
Total
TN 137 t/yr
Stormwater
TP 14 t/yr
99.8%
Inflows
Imported Reticulated
Water 1.2 GL/yr
Rainfall Evapotranspiration
327 GL/yr 232 GL/yr Exported Reticulated
Water 0 GL/yr
Imported Reticulated
Evapotranspiration
Water 1.2 GL/yr
232 GL/yr
Rainfall
327 GL/yr Exported Reticulated
Water 0 GL/yr
Rural Extractions
3.6 GL/yr
Groundwater
Drainage Loss
4.9 GL/yr STPs
0%
Total Loads to Receiving Waters
from Stormwater and STPs
95.7 GL/yr
TSS 3,557 t/yr Total
TN 79 t/yr Stormwater
TP 10.4 t/yr 100%
There are no major waterways in the Bribie Island catchment, Future Pop. Growth: 27%
however stormwater runoff discharges into Pumicestone Future Urban Land Use: 10%
Passage and Deception Bay, which have areas of High
Ecological Value (HEV). Both Pumicestone Passage and Potable water sourced from
Deception Bay received an EHMP score of D+ in 2010. groundwater aquifer and
supplemented by reticulated
Potable water is currently sourced from the northern water network
groundwater aquifer within Bribie Island, which has a Bribie Island STP discharges
sustainable storage yield of approximately 1.6 GL/yr to groundwater
(4.32 ML/day). Water is treated and distributed by the
Banksia Beach water treatment plant (WTP), which has a EHMP Score 2010: D+
capacity of 1.3 GL/yr. A southern aquifer exists, however the (Pumicestone Passage &
WTP associated with this aquifer (Woorim WTP) is not Deception Bay)
currently operational. Furthermore, the sustainable yield of
this southern aquifer has not been determined. Additional
water is supplemented by the reticulated water network linked
to the Caboolture River catchment.
Inflows
Imported Reticulated
Water 1.4 GL/yr
Rainfall Evapotranspiration
60 GL/yr 45 GL/yr Exported Reticulated
Water 0 GL/yr
Imported Reticulated
Evapotranspiration
Water 1.5 GL/yr
45 GL/yr
Rainfall
60 GL/yr Exported Reticulated
Water 0 GL/yr
Rural Extractions
3.6 GL/yr
Groundwater
Drainage Loss
4.9 GL/yr STPs
Total Loads to Receiving 0%
Surface Waters from
Stormwater and STPs
15 GL/yr
TSS 725 t/yr
Total
TN 15 t/yr
Stormwater
TP 1.7 t/yr
100%
Wastewater is treated within the catchment at the South * Does not include CIGA
Caboolture sewage treatment plant (STP), which discharges
into the Caboolture River upper estuary. South Caboolture STP
has a design capacity of 40,000 EP and a licence capacity of
100,000 EP.
Inflows
Imported Reticulated
Water 8.1 GL/yr
Rainfall Evapotranspiration
540 GL/yr 392 GL/yr Exported Reticulated
Water 2.6 GL/yr
Constraints Table
Constraint 2010 2031 STPs
4%
Storage Yield 3.6 GL/yr 62% 100% Total Loads to Receiving Waters
from Stormwater and STPs
Water Treatment Plant 5.2 GL/yr 43% 69% 151GL/yr
TSS 8,829 t/yr
40,000 EP 113% 235% Total
Sewage Treatment Plant TN 155 t/yr
(Design) (Design) (Design) TP 17.3 t/yr
Stormwater
(South Caboolture) 45% 84% 96%
100,000 EP
(Licence) (Licence) (Licence)
49,500 EP 88% 120%
Sewage Treatment Plant
(Burpengary East)
(Design)
<50,000 EP
(Licence)
(Design)
87%
(Licence)
(Design)
94%
(Licence)
Population 69,500 2010
Recycled Water Reuse 3.7 GL/yr 19% 19%
Sustainable Loads - TSS ? 8,829 t/yr 10,711 t/yr
Sustainable Loads – TN 27 t/yr 574% 752%
Sustainable Loads - TP ? 17.3 t/yr 25.9 t/yr
>118 GL/yr 142% Imported Reticulated
Environmental Flow 128%
Water 11.7 GL/yr
Rainfall
Evapotranspiration Exported Reticulated
540 GL/yr
392 GL/yr Water 2.8 GL/yr
Rural Extractions
1.3 GL/yr
Groundwater
Drainage Loss
8.1 GL/yr STPs
12%
Total Loads to Receiving Waters
from Stormwater and STPs
169 GL/yr
TSS 10,711 t/yr Total
TN 203 t/yr Stormwater
TP 25.9 t/yr 88%
Population 112,200
(No CIGA)
2031
Caboolture River (with CIGA)
Catchment 21
Outflows
Inflows
Imported Reticulated
Rainfall Evapotranspiration Water 8.1 GL/yr
540 GL/yr 392 GL/yr
Exported Reticulated
Water 2.6 GL/yr
Constraints Table
Constraint 2010 2031 STPs
4%
Storage Yield 3.6 GL/yr 62% 100% Total Loads to Receiving Waters
from Stormwater and STPs
Water Treatment Plant 5.2 GL/yr 43% 69% 151GL/yr
TSS 8,829 t/yr
40,000 EP 113% 385% Total
Sewage Treatment Plant TN 155 t/yr
(Design) (Design) (Design) TP 17.3 t/yr Stormwater
(South Caboolture) 100,000 EP 45% 154% 96%
(Licence) (Licence) (Licence)
49,500 EP 88% 156%
Sewage Treatment Plant
(Burpengary East)
(Design)
<50,000 EP
(Licence)
(Design)
87%
(Licence)
(Design)
155%
(Licence)
Population 69,500 2010
Recycled Water Reuse 3.7 GL/yr 19% 19%
Sustainable Loads - TSS ? 8,829 t/yr 12,419 t/yr
Sustainable Loads – TN 27 t/yr 574% 915%
Sustainable Loads - TP ? 17.3 t/yr 32.7 t/yr
>118 GL/yr 158% Imported Reticulated
Environmental Flow 128%
Water 20 GL/yr
Rainfall
Evapotranspiration Exported Reticulated
540 GL/yr
392 GL/yr Water 2.8 GL/yr
Rural Extractions
1.3 GL/yr
Groundwater
Drainage Loss
8.1 GL/yr STPs
10%
Total Loads to Receiving Waters
from Stormwater and STPs
188 GL/yr
TSS 12,419 t/yr Total
TN 247 t/yr Stormwater
TP 32.7 t/yr 90%
Potable water is sourced from the reticulated water network, Wastewater treated at
with water coming from the Northern Pipeline Interconnector Burpengary East STP and
(NPI) and North Pine Dam. discharged into Caboolture
River lower estuary
Wastewater is treated at the Burpengary East sewage EHMP Score 2010: D+
treatment plant (STP) which is located on the northern
catchment border and included in the Caboolture River (Deception Bay)
catchment summary. Wastewater from adjacent Sideling Creek
and Hays Inlet catchments is also treated at this STP. All
treated wastewater is discharged into the Caboolture River
lower estuary.
Inflows
Imported Reticulated
Water 4.9 GL/yr
Rainfall Evapotranspiration
119 GL/yr 80 GL/yr Exported Reticulated
Water 0 GL/yr
Imported Reticulated
Evapotranspiration
Water 7.3 GL/yr
80 GL/yr
Rainfall
119 GL/yr Exported Reticulated
Water 0 GL/yr
Rural Extractions
0 GL/yr
Groundwater
Drainage Loss
1.8 GL/yr STPs
0%
Total Loads to Receiving Waters
from Stormwater and STPs
36.3 GL/yr
TSS 2,832 t/yr Total
TN 43 t/yr Stormwater
TP 6.3 t/yr 100%
Inflows
Imported Reticulated
Water 4.4 GL/yr
Rainfall Evapotranspiration
490 GL/yr 352 GL/yr Exported Reticulated
Water 27.5 GL/yr
Imported Reticulated
Evapotranspiration
Water 4.4 GL/yr
352 GL/yr
Rainfall
490 GL/yr Exported Reticulated
Water 41.7 GL/yr
Rural Extractions
2.7 GL/yr
Groundwater
Drainage Loss
7.4 GL/yr STPs
0%
Total Loads to Receiving Waters
from Stormwater and STPs
101 GL/yr
TSS 4,477 t/yr Total
TN 86 t/yr Stormwater
TP 7 t/yr 100%
Inflows
Imported Reticulated
Water 8.8 GL/yr
Rainfall Evapotranspiration
432 GL/yr 298 GL/yr Exported Reticulated
Water 0 GL/yr
Constraints Table
Constraint 2010 2031 STPs
7%
Storage Yield N/A N/A N/A Total Loads to Receiving Waters
from Stormwater and STPs
Water Treatment Plant N/A N/A N/A 127 GL/yr
TSS 7,997 t/yr
TP: 8.47 t/yr 42% TP 70% TP Total
Sewage Treatment Plant TN 136 t/yr
TN: 29 / 21 t/yr 74% TN 168% TN TP 16.1 t/yr Stormwater
(Murrumba Downs) 150,000 EP 63% EP 121% EP 93%
(Design) (Design) (Design)
40,000 EP 100% 183%
Sewage Treatment Plant
(Brendale)
(Design)
<50,000 EP
(Licence)
(Design)
80%
(Licence)
(Design)
146%
(Licence)
Population 90,700 2010
Recycled Water Reuse 10.5 GL/yr 20% 31%
Sustainable Loads - TSS 2,254 t/yr 355% 428%
Sustainable Loads – TN 50 t/yr 277% 353%
Sustainable Loads - TP 6.8 t/yr 244% 327%
>92 GL/yr 156% Imported Reticulated
Environmental Flow 139%
Water 12.8 GL/yr
Rainfall
Evapotranspiration Exported Reticulated
432 GL/yr
298 GL/yr Water 0 GL/yr
Rural Extractions
0.8 GL/yr
Groundwater
Drainage Loss
6.5 GL/yr STPs
11%
Total Loads to Receiving Waters
from Stormwater and STPs
143 GL/yr
TSS 9,656 t/yr Total
TN 177 t/yr Stormwater
TP 22 t/yr 89%
Inflows
Imported Reticulated
Water 0 GL/yr
Rainfall Evapotranspiration
74 GL/yr 53 GL/yr Exported Reticulated
Water 5.3 GL/yr
Imported Reticulated
Evapotranspiration
Water 0 GL/yr
53 GL/yr
Rainfall
74 GL/yr Exported Reticulated
Water 5.4 GL/yr
Rural Extractions
0 GL/yr
Groundwater
Drainage Loss
1.1 GL/yr STPs
0%
Total Loads to Receiving Waters
from Stormwater and STPs
14 GL/yr
TSS 1,215 t/yr Total
TN 16 t/yr Stormwater
TP 1.9 t/yr 100%
Hays Inlet catchment contains the future growth areas of Future Urban Land Use: 33%
Dakabin, Griffin, Mango Hill and North Lakes - collectively Potable water sourced from
known as the ‘Northern Growth Corridor’ – which can North Pine Dam and Lake
accommodate an additional 40,000 people by 2031. Kurwongbah
There are no major waterways in Hays Inlet catchment, Wastewater from southern
however stormwater runoff is drained by a number of minor catchment is treated at
waterways such as Freshwater Creek which drain into Hays Murrumba Downs STP
Inlet Conservation Park and into Bramble Bay. Bramble Bay Wastewater from northern
received an EHMP score of D+ in 2010. catchment is treated at
Burpengary East STP
Potable water is sourced from the reticulated water network
with water coming from both North Pine Dam and Lake Redcliffe STP discharges
Kurwongbah. wastewater from Redcliffe into
Hays Inlet
Wastewater from the southern portion of Hays Inlet catchment EHMP Score 2010: D+
is treated at the Murrumba Downs sewage treatment plant (Bramble Bay)
(STP), which discharges into the Pine River upper estuary.
Wastewater from the northern portion of the catchment is
treated at Burpengary East STP, which discharges into
Caboolture River lower estuary. Wastewater from the adjacent
Redcliffe catchment is treated at the Redcliffe STP and is
discharged into Hays Inlet. This STP has a design capacity of
70,000 EP and a licence capacity of <100,000 EP.
Inflows
Imported Reticulated
Water 8.5 GL/yr
Rainfall Evapotranspiration
107 GL/yr 62 GL/yr Exported Reticulated
Water 0 GL/yr
Imported Reticulated
Evapotranspiration
Water 14.7 GL/yr
62 GL/yr
Rainfall
107 GL/yr Exported Reticulated
Water 0 GL/yr
Rural Extractions
0.2 GL/yr
Groundwater
Drainage Loss
1.6 GL/yr STPs
12%
Total Loads to Receiving Waters
from Stormwater and STPs
57.1 GL/yr
TSS 4,035 t/yr Total
TN 94 t/yr Stormwater
TP 9.7 t/yr 88%
Inflows
Imported Reticulated
Water 6.1 GL/yr
Evapotranspiration
Rainfall 25 GL/yr Exported Reticulated
37 GL/yr
Water 0 GL/yr
Imported Reticulated
Evapotranspiration
Water 8.8 GL/yr
25 GL/yr
Rainfall
37 GL/yr Exported Reticulated
Water 0 GL/yr
Rural Extractions
0 GL/yr
Groundwater
Drainage Loss
0.6 GL/yr STPs
0%
Total Loads to Receiving Waters
from Stormwater and STPs
19.1 GL/yr
TSS 1,344 t/yr Total
TN 21 t/yr Stormwater
TP 3.1 t/yr 100%
There are no major waterways in the Brisbane Coastal Future Pop. Growth: 6%
catchment, however stormwater runoff from the northern Future Urban Land Use: 78%
portion of the catchment drains to Cabbage Tree Creek, while
the southern portion drains into Kedron Brook (Lower Brisbane Potable water sourced from
Catchment) in the Brisbane City Council Region. The Lower North Pine Dam
Brisbane Catchment received an EHMP score of F in 2010. Wastewater from northern
catchment is treated at
Potable water is sourced from the reticulated water network, Brendale STP in adjacent
with water predominately coming from the North Pine water Lower Pine River catchment
treatment plant (WTP) at North Pine Dam.
Wastewater from southern
Wastewater from the northern part of the catchment is treated catchment is treated at
in the adjacent Lower Pine River catchment at the Brendale Luggage Point STP in
sewage treatment plant (STP), which discharges into the South Brisbane
Pine River. Wastewater from the southern part of the EHMP Score 2010: F
catchment (that drains towards Kedron Brook) is treated at
Luggage Point STP in Brisbane. (Lower Brisbane Catchment)
Inflows
Imported Reticulated
Water 2.4 GL/yr
Rainfall Evapotranspiration
56 GL/yr 45 GL/yr Exported Reticulated
Water 0 GL/yr
Imported Reticulated
Evapotranspiration
Water 2.5 GL/yr
45 GL/yr
Rainfall
56 GL/yr Exported Reticulated
Water 0 GL/yr
Rural Extractions
0.1 GL/yr
Groundwater
Drainage Loss
0.8 GL/yr STPs
0%
Total Loads to Receiving Waters
from Stormwater and STPs
12.8 GL/yr
TSS 956 t/yr Total
TN 15 t/yr Stormwater
TP 2.1 t/yr 100%
Inflows
Imported Reticulated
Water 0 GL/yr
Rainfall Evapotranspiration
87 GL/yr Exported Reticulated
111 GL/yr
Water 0 GL/yr
Leakage 0 GL/yr
Imported Reticulated
Evapotranspiration
Water 0 GL/yr
87 GL/yr
Rainfall
111 GL/yr Exported Reticulated
Water 0 GL/yr
Leakage 0 GL/yr
Rural Extractions
1.3 GL/yr
Groundwater
Drainage Loss
1.7 GL/yr STPs
0%
Total Loads to Receiving Waters
from Stormwater and STPs
24.5 GL/yr
TSS 797 t/yr Total
TN 20 t/yr Stormwater
TP 1.6 t/yr 100%
Population 0 2031
Byron Creek Catchment 39
Inflows
Imported Reticulated
Water 0 GL/yr
Rainfall Evapotranspiration
5.2 GL/yr 3.7 GL/yr Exported Reticulated
Water 0 GL/yr
Leakage 0 GL/yr
Imported Reticulated
Evapotranspiration
Water 0 GL/yr
3.7 GL/yr
Rainfall
5.2 GL/yr Exported Reticulated
Water 0 GL/yr
Leakage 0 GL/yr
Rural Extractions
1.3 GL/yr
Groundwater
Drainage Loss
1.7 GL/yr STPs
0%
Total Loads to Receiving Waters
from Stormwater and STPs
1.5 GL/yr
TSS 50 t/yr Total
TN 1 t/yr Stormwater
TP 0.1 t/yr 100%
Population 0 2031
Neurum Creek Catchment 41
Inflows
Imported Reticulated
Water 0 GL/yr
Rainfall Evapotranspiration
185 GL/yr 139 GL/yr Exported Reticulated
Water 0 GL/yr
Leakage 0 GL/yr
Imported Reticulated
Evapotranspiration
Water 0 GL/yr
139 GL/yr
Rainfall
185 GL/yr Exported Reticulated
Water 0 GL/yr
Leakage 0 GL/yr
Rural Extractions
0.9 GL/yr
Groundwater
Drainage Loss
2.8 GL/yr STPs
0%
Total Loads to Receiving Waters
from Stormwater and STPs
52.7 GL/yr
TSS 1,595 t/yr Total
TN 36 t/yr Stormwater
TP 3.3 t/yr 100%
Population 0 2031
Key Catchment Issues 43
Existing and future water accounts and key catchment constraints (such as STP licence capacity, water
supply storage yield, environmental flow objectives) were used to identify the key water cycle
management issues within each catchment. Figure 2 illustrates the key water cycle management issues
identified for each catchment within Moreton Bay Regional Council.
The issues identified in Figure 2 also relate back to some of the key drivers identified for TWCM. Further
information on how these issues were identified can be found in the TWCM Strategy Technical Report.
It is noted that further detailed investigations will be required to identify the extent of flooding issues and
verify other key issues dependent upon constraints such as sustainable loads and environmental flows.
It is noted that detailed flooding investigations are currently underway and will be addressed in a
Floodplain Management Plan, that will serve as a companion document to the TWCM Plan.
A B
I C
Mary H D
G F E
A Population Growth
A B
I C
H D B Water Supply
G F E
C Environmental Flow
Stanley
A B
I C D Climate Change
Pumicestone A B H D
I C G F E E Water Conservation
A B H D
Neurum I C G F E
H D Bribie F STP Capacity
G F E A B
I C
G Water Quality
H D
G F E Caboolture
H Water Quantity
A B (Flooding)
I C
H D A B
I C I Environmentally
G F E
Burpengary H D Sensitive Areas
G F E
Byron Redcliffe
A B A B A B
I C I C I C A B
H D I C
H D H D
G F E G F E G F E H D
G F E
Sideling Hays Inlet
Upper Pine
A B
I C
H D
G F E
Lower Pine
A B Brisbane
I C
H D Coastal
G F E
In developing solutions, it is recognised that each solution may address a number of issues, rather than
just one. For example, stormwater harvesting addresses both water supply and water quality issues.
Additionally, it is likely that a number of solutions (a ‘solution set’) may be required for each catchment,
depending on the specific issues identified within each individual sub catchment. A range of solutions
were developed to ensure a wide variety of options were put forward for review in each catchment,
ranging from centralised to decentralised solutions, and incorporating conventional to innovative ideas.
Criteria with which to assess the performance of each solution were developed around Triple Bottom
Line (TBL) principles that address the Environmental, Social and Economic objectives of MBRC. Each
solution was scored against 16 individual criteria reflecting TBL objectives. Although each criteria was
assigned a weighting according to the importance placed on that criteria, an even weighting distribution
between Environmental, Social and Economic criteria was adopted since sensitivity analyses indicated
that changing the weighting of Environmental, Social and Economic criteria did not significantly affect the
preferred (i.e. highest scoring) solutions for each catchment.
Solutions were scored over 3 half day workshops by an Options Analysis Team that was nominated by
MBRC and approved by Councillors. Workshop participants invited to attend included:
• Councillors;
• Unitywater representatives.
During the workshops, each solution was scored by the Options Analysis Team for all relevant
catchments. Scoring of the outcomes generated by each solution against each individual assessment
criteria was undertaken using a qualitative scoring system (i.e. from very much better to very much
worse) due to project resource and time constraints. The overall score of each solution was then
determined by adding together the weighted scores for each of the 16 criteria. An overall weighted score
was then determined to represent the performance of all relevant solutions in each catchment.
Each solution was then ranked from highest to lowest in each catchment to assist in the selection of
solutions to address the key issues identified in each catchment.
Solutions 45
A summary of the catchment solutions recommended for further investigation in the detailed planning
phase are shown in Table 1. Solution descriptions are included in Appendix F of the TWCM Strategy
Technical Report. An indication of the key mechanism for implementing each solution has been indicated
using a colour key (i.e. Council Policy, Council Infrastructure, Unitywater Infrastructure).
It is noted that as no key issues were identified in the Mary River, Byron Creek and Neurum Creek
catchments, solution sets for these catchments were not deemed necessary.
The detailed planning phase will further investigate in detail the solutions identified in Table 1, taking into
account the findings of previous key studies on sustainable loads and integrated water management within
the catchment.
Solution Catchment
Implementation Key:
Brisbane Coastal
Caboolture CIGA
Pumicestone
Lower Pine
Upper Pine
Caboolture
Redcliffe
Sideling
Stanley
Bribie
Hays
¾ Identification of the drivers of the TWCM process specific to the MBRC area;
¾ Description of the existing and future water cycle issues through preliminary water accounting;
¾ Identification of key water cycle management issues in each relevant catchment in the MBRC region;
¾ Development and preliminary assessment of solutions to address these issues using a Multi Criteria
Analysis (MCA) approach; and
¾ Selection of potential solution sets specific to each catchment for further detailed assessment.
This TWCM Strategy has been instrumental in identifying the specific water cycle management issues
within each catchment and the potential solutions to address these issues. The shortlist of potential
solutions will need to be assessed in further detail in Phase 2 of the TWCM planning process
(development of the TWCM Plan), for which this Strategy provides a basis.
In carrying out phase 2, it is noted that essential data gaps (such as sustainable loads) will also need to be
addressed. Further information on the detailed findings, assumptions and technical information
associated with the TWCM Strategy is included in the TWCM Strategy Technical Report.
TWCM STRATEGY TECHNICAL REPORT I
CONTENTS
TWCM Strategy Technical Report i
Contents i
List of Figures iv
List of Tables v
1 INTRODUCTION 1-1
1.1 Background 1-1
1.2 Definition of Total Water Cycle Management 1-2
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
CONTENTS II
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
CONTENTS III
5 SOLUTIONS 5-1
5.1 Development of Solutions 5-1
5.2 Assessment of Solutions using MCA 5-4
5.2.1 Development of Criteria for Evaluating Solutions 5-4
5.2.2 Weighting the Criteria 5-6
5.2.3 Scoring the Options 5-7
5.2.4 Calculation of Overall Weighted Scores 5-8
5.2.5 Selection of Preferred ‘Solution Sets’ for Detailed Investigation 5-11
5.3 Recommended Solution Sets 5-12
7 REFERENCES 7-1
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
LIST OF FIGURES IV
LIST OF FIGURES
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
LIST OF TABLES V
LIST OF TABLES
Table 2-1 Population Growth Forecast in Moreton Bay Regional Council Area 2-1
Table 2-2 EHMP Grades for Catchments within MBRC and Receiving Waters 2-14
Table 2-3 Healthy Waterways Strategy Action Plans Applicable to MBRC
(HWP 2007) 2-17
Table 3-1 Summary of Key Catchment Characteristics 3-2
Table 3-2 Rural Water Extraction per Catchment 3-7
Table 3-3 Reticulated Water Yield per Catchment 3-9
Table 3-4 Stormwater Discharges per Catchment 3-13
Table 3-5 Current STP Discharge to Receiving Waters 3-13
Table 3-6 Current 2010 Median STP Effluent Concentrations 3-14
Table 3-7 Current 2010 Pollutant Loads Discharged to Waters (after reuse) 3-14
Table 3-8 Current 2010 Recycled Water Use 3-15
Table 3-9 Annual Storage Yields 3-17
Table 3-10 Water Treatment Plant Capacities 3-17
Table 3-11 Sustainable Load Estimates 3-19
Table 3-12 Sustainable Load Target Estimates for Catchments Draining to
Pine River Estuary 3-19
Table 3-13 Current Sewage Treatment Plant (STP) Design Capacity 3-20
Table 3-14 Sewage Treatment Plant (STP) Licence Capacity 3-20
Table 3-15 Licence STP Pollutant Loads Limits 3-21
Table 3-16 Current and Future Estimated Rainwater Tank Yields 3-23
Table 3-17 Future (2031) Modelled Stormwater Discharges per Catchment 3-25
Table 3-18 Predicted Future (2031) STP Discharge to Receiving Waters 3-26
Table 3-19 Predicted Future (2031) Median STP Effluent Concentrations 3-27
Table 3-20 Predicted 2031 Annual Pollutant Loads Discharged to Waters
(after reuse) 3-27
Table 3-21 Future (2031) Recycled Water Use 3-28
Table 4-1 2031 Population Predictions 4-1
Table 4-2 Modelled Existing and Future Water Demand per Catchment 4-3
Table 4-3 Reticulated Water Production Data and WTP Capacities 4-3
Table 4-4 Environmental Flow Criteria and Modelled Flows 4-4
Table 4-5 Current and Future STP Capacity Issues 4-6
Table 4-6 Murrumba Downs Future Licence Constraints 4-8
Table 4-7 EHMP Scores 4-10
Table 4-8 Summary of Issues per Catchment 4-14
Table 5-1 Solutions Assessed for Each Catchment 5-2
Table 5-2 Adopted MCA Criteria 5-6
Table 5-3 Adopted Criteria Weighting 5-7
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
LIST OF TABLES VI
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
INTRODUCTION 1-1
1 INTRODUCTION
This Total Water Cycle Management Strategy presents the results of a study investigating the drivers
and issues influential in the development of a Total Water Cycle Management (TWCM) Plan for
Moreton Bay Regional Council. This document represents the first phase in a two phase process, as
follows:
• Phase 1 - the preparation of a TWCM Strategy document, which involves the identification of
water cycle management drivers and issues in the MBRC region, development of solutions to
address the identified issues, and preliminary assessment of these solutions resulting in a short
list of solutions for further detailed analysis in Phase 2.; and
• Phase 2 - the preparation of the final TWCM Plan, which will involve a comprehensive
assessment of the costs and benefits of total water cycle management options (i.e. solutions).
Concurrent to this project, Water By Design released a draft Guideline in September 2010 to outline a
process to develop and implement a TWCMP that would ensure compliance with the legislative
requirements of the EPP (Water) 2009. This document is consistent with general intention of these
guidelines.
1.1 Background
With the recent ‘Millennium Drought’ experienced in SEQ, which saw regional bulk water supplies
drop below 20%, the issue of water security has become a high priority. This, combined with the high
population growth currently being experienced (and forecast to continue) in the region, demonstrates
that detailed planning in regard to the utilisation of water resources in the SEQ region is essential.
This planning will ensure that existing environmental, social and economic values in the region are
maintained or improved.
In this context, the Environmental Protection (Water) Policy 2009 (EPP Water) was revised and
released in August 2009 and has replaced the original policy which was first released in 1997, in
addition to subsequent amendments. This updated version of the EPP Water now prescribes that all
Local Government Areas (LGAs) that contain over a certain population must develop and implement
a TWCM Plan specific to its local government area (DERM, 2009a).
The EPP Water describes the matters that must be taken into account when an LGA is preparing a
TWCM Plan (refer to Section 2.11 for details). The primary intent of the EPP Water is to use TWCM
Plans to enable equitable and informed decisions to be made about the use of water in a way that
results in water quality improvements.
The SEQ Regional Plan 2009-2031 (Chapter 11, DIP, 2009b) also supports the use of TWCM Plans
as the preferred method for ensuring land use and infrastructure planning is environmentally
sustainable, and to ensure reliable water supplies to cater for forecast population growth.
Moreton Bay Regional Council (MBRC) is one of the first LGAs in Queensland to commence the
process of TWCM Planning. Previous water cycle management plans have been developed in recent
years for the Pine Rivers area. These studies include:
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
INTRODUCTION 1-2
• Pine Rivers Integrated Urban Water Cycle Management Concept Study (MWH, 2005);
• Northern Growth Corridor (NGC) Integrated Urban Water Management Study (MWH, 2006); and
• Moreton Bay Regional Council Pine Rivers Area Integrated Urban Water Cycle Management
Strategy (MWH, 2009).
The TWCM Plan for MBRC will build on the findings of these previous studies, along with other
studies undertaken in the area such as sustainable load studies for a number of major waterways in
the region.
Concurrent to the TWCM planning activities being undertaken by MBRC and other LGAs, the
Queensland Water Commission (QWC) is also required to develop sub-regional TWCM Plans in
areas identified in the South East Queensland Regional Plan 2009-2031 (SEQ Regional Plan), as
areas where large scale development and significant infrastructure is to occur. The focus of sub-
regional TWCM Plans is on water supply values in key development areas. In this context, within
MBRC region, along with a local TWCM Plan, a sub-regional TWCM Plan also needs to be prepared
for an area west of Caboolture - the Caboolture Identified Growth Area (CIGA) - identified as a
significant growth area within the SEQ Regional Plan.
For a general overview of the Moreton Bay Regional Council area, refer to Figure 1-1.
• Natural cycles - minimising the alteration to natural flow and water quality regimes;
• Sustainable limits - ensuring that the volume of water extracted from a source is sustainable for
the community and the environment;
• Water conservation - minimising water use and losses by reducing demand and by maximising
efficient use and reuse;
• Diversity in new supplies - considering all potential sources of water when new supplies are
needed, including reusing water and stormwater;
• Water quality - managing the water cycle at all phases to preserve water quality for the
community and the environment; and
• Water quality ‘fit for purpose’ - aiming for water supply quality to be no better than is required for
the proposed use, i.e. not supplying potable water for uses that do not require potable quality.
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
TWCM DRIVERS AND ISSUES 2-1
The drivers discussed in this section include the environmental, social, and economic factors which
influence the need for TWCM planning and also provide the context in which the planning process is
to be undertaken. These drivers can also be considered as water cycle management ‘issues of
concern’ which play a vital role in water cycle management in the region.
Population in the SEQ region has grown from around 1.5 million people 25 years ago to more than
2.5 million people currently. This historic population growth in SEQ, coupled with our economic
profile, suggests the region’s population will continue to grow at a rapid rate for at least the next 50
years (DIP, 2009b).
The Planning Information and Forecasting Unit (PIFU) of the Office of Economic and Statistical
Research (OESR) provides population growth figures for SEQ based on low, medium and high
growth scenarios. The SEQ Water Security Strategy was prepared on the basis that future population
growth in SEQ will trend between the medium and high series projections. Based on a high series
projection, the population of SEQ could surpass six million people by 2056.
For the MBRC area, Table 2-1 includes projected population growth figures based on low, medium
and high growth scenarios. These figures indicate that by 2031 the projected population is expected
to reach approximately 585,000 in the MBRC area based on a high growth scenario, a 58% increase
from the current population (approximately 370,000). This additional population growth will put
pressure on existing infrastructure and increase detrimental impacts on the environment, unless
appropriately managed. Suitable planning is required so that adequate water supply and wastewater
treatment/reuse infrastructure is in place to ensure that this additional population growth can be
accommodated, and adverse impacts on the region’s waterways are minimised.
Table 2-1 Population Growth Forecast in Moreton Bay Regional Council Area
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
TWCM DRIVERS AND ISSUES 2-2
To accommodate this additional population growth, certain areas within MBRC have been nominated
as ‘future growth areas’. These growth areas are largely greenfield sites with no existing infrastructure
and are typically located outside of Council water supply and sewerage headworks zones. These
areas have been nominated due to the limited amount of infill development sites within Moreton Bay
region that are capable of accommodating predicted population growth.
The future growth areas, as per the SEQ Regional Plan (DIP, 2009b), include the following:
• Morayfield and Narangba Transport Precincts (supporting an additional 33,500 people by 2031);
• The Northern Growth Corridor – including Dakabin, Griffin, Mango Hill and North Lakes
(expected to support an additional 40,000 people by 2031).
As part of the TWCM planning process, this additional population growth will need to be considered in
terms of additional resources and infrastructure required along with additional pressures on
environmental values. Future scenarios will require detailed analysis of where the population growth
will occur, how it will occur (i.e. population densities), and the additional inputs and outputs into the
water accounting equation.
Security of water supply is a driver of TWCM planning in the region. With the impacts of population
growth and climate impacts placing pressure on water supplies, adequate planning is required to
ensure water resources are used efficiently and are able to supply the future population.
With the recent drought, the issue of water security was highlighted in SEQ. As a result, the SEQ
Regional Plan includes targets and objectives to ensure water is efficiently managed in the SEQ
region. This Plan states that “the principle of water supply planning is to supply sufficient water to
support a comfortable, sustainable and prosperous lifestyle, while meeting the needs of urban,
industrial and rural growth, and the environment” (DIP, 2009b).
To achieve the water supply objectives stated in the SEQ Regional Plan, the SEQ Water Strategy
was developed. This document includes specific measures to ensure an adequate supply of water is
maintained in SEQ, including a ‘water supply guarantee’. This water supply guarantee is more of a
vision statement and, as per the SEQ Water Strategy (QWC, 2010), includes the following:
Known as the Water Supply Guarantee, this water security vision will be achieved by:
• Embedding water efficiency throughout the water supply and demand chain;
• Managing water security through diversified and integrated water supplies and drought
preparedness; and
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
TWCM DRIVERS AND ISSUES 2-3
This ‘water supply guarantee’ will be achieved through Level of Service (LOS) objectives. As per the
SEQ Water Strategy (QWC, 2010), these LOS objectives are as follows:
• During normal operations sufficient water from the SEQ Water Grid will be available to meet an
average total urban demand of 375 litres per person per day (including residential, non-
residential and system losses), of which 230 litres per person per day is attributed to residential
demand;
• Sufficient investment will also occur in the water supply system with the objectives of ensuring
that:
¾ Medium Level Restrictions will not occur more than once every 25 years, on average;
¾ Medium Level Restrictions need only achieve a targeted reduction in consumption of 15%
below the total consumption volume in normal operations;
¾ The frequency of triggering drought response infrastructure will be not more than once every
100 years, on average;
¾ The frequency that combined regional storage reserves decline to 10% of capacity will be
not more than once every 1000 years, on average;
¾ Regional water storages must not be permitted to reach 5% of combined storage capacity;
and
¾ Wivenhoe, Hinze and Baroon Pocket dams must not be permitted to reach minimum
operating levels.
• It is expected that Medium Level Restrictions will last longer than six months no more than once
every 50 years, on average.
In response to the ‘Millennium Drought’, the SEQ Water Grid has recently been developed. Currently,
most infrastructure projects related to this Water Grid have been constructed, while other projects are
still in the construction or pre-construction stages. Prior to the SEQ Water Grid, SEQ was supplied
from eight largely discrete water supply zones, with differing levels of reliability and, until recently,
different owners and operators.
The section of the SEQ Water Grid relevant to the MBRC area comprises the Northern Pipeline
Interconnector. Stage 1 of this pipeline has been constructed and connects Landers Shute Water
Treatment Plant near Eudlo on the Sunshine Coast (using water from Baroon Pocket Dam) to the
Morayfield reservoirs, where it links with the Caboolture and Brisbane water networks. It is able to
transfer up to 65 megalitres of water per day. Stage 2 of the pipeline, yet to be constructed, will
provide a two-way connection within the Sunshine Coast area and reverse flow capacity will also be
installed onto the Stage 1 Interconnector (DIP, 2010) so that water can be transferred towards the
Sunshine Coast from the North Pine Dam.
In terms of other water supply sources being contemplated, the SEQ Water Strategy indicates that
desalination facilities will underpin future water security (QWC, 2010). Four potential sites for
desalination plants have been identified in the SEQ region, with one located within MBRC. These
sites are to be included in planning schemes so that they may be utilised in the future if desalination
is required to supplement potable water supplies. Desalination sites have been identified at:
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
TWCM DRIVERS AND ISSUES 2-4
• Lytton;
• Marcoola;
Existing potable water supply sources in the MBRC region currently include the following:
• Lake Kurwongbah;
While assessments have been undertaken which quantify annual yields from these water supply
sources (refer to the SEQ Regional Water Security Program - DNRM&E, 2006), to date there is no
information available in regard to their sustainable yields. Determination of sustainable yields would
require issues such as environmental flow objectives and conjunctive use arrangements to be taken
into account. The SEQ Water Strategy (QWC, 2010) indicates that the sustainable yield of the
Brisbane groundwater aquifers, including Bribie Island and Dayboro borefields, is currently being
determined. Also, the Water Resource (Moreton) Plan 2007 includes environmental flow objectives
(see Section 2.3 for further details) which could be used in determining sustainable yields.
Despite this lack of information, further investigation into other alternative water supply sources, such
as stormwater harvesting, rainwater harvesting, and recycled water will need to be considered to
ensure sustainable yields on existing potable water sources is maximised.
As discussed in Section 2.5, The Queensland Development Code (MP4.2 and 4.3) requires that new
low/medium density residential and new commercial development achieves minimum potable water
savings using an alternative water source. The alternative source could include rainwater harvesting,
stormwater harvesting, wastewater recycling or greywater use. This requirement sets a legislative
basis for including decentralised water sources in water supply planning.
Rainwater harvesting for non-potable uses is well established in new development at an individual
household scale. In addition, a number of projects are currently being developed that aim to harvest
roofwater at a community scale for both potable and non-potable substitution.
Interest in stormwater harvesting has increased in SEQ in recent years and a number of significant
urban harvesting projects are currently in development or proposed. Stormwater runoff is seen by
many as a wasted resource and as a potentially significant supplementary water supply source. In
addition, the frequent flow rules addressed in the State Planning Policy for Healthy Waters and in the
Implementation Guideline No.7 under the SEQ Regional Plan, are likely to encourage stormwater
harvesting as part of an integrated strategy to protect waterway health for new developments with
relatively un-degraded waterways.
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
TWCM DRIVERS AND ISSUES 2-5
Wastewater recycling is a potential source of water supply and an important component of any
strategy to reduce the environmental impacts of wastewater discharges to receiving waters. Reuse
could include non-potable residential, industrial, open space or agricultural uses. It could also
potentially be potable use through a new Purified Recycled Water (PRW) scheme similar to the
recently completed Western Corridor Pipeline scheme. In the Moreton Bay Region a PRW scheme
would most probably supply water into the North Pine Dam impoundment, and the potential yield from
such a scheme was evaluated for earlier versions of the SEQ Water Strategy.
Despite the ‘water supply guarantee’ outlined in the SEQ Water Strategy, it is evident that security of
water supply in the MBRC area is a driver of the TWCM planning process. When developing the
TWCM Plan for MBRC, these water supply sources and their future security will need to be
considered. It will also be important to investigate other potential sources of potable water in the
region (such as recycled water and stormwater harvesting) so that reliance on the current, largely
catchment runoff-based sources is diversified.
Environmental flow can be defined as the flow regime required in a waterway to maintain the health
of aquatic ecosystems. This flow regime correlates not only to the baseflow experienced during
periods of low rainfall in a catchment, but also the extent of the hydrologic regime necessary to
ensure that the requirements of the aquatic ecosystem are maintained, such as flushing flows, dry
weather spells, rates of flow change and degrees of bed stress.
Currently in the SEQ region, the majority of our water supply is sourced from surface waters in the
form of dams, weirs and direct extraction from rivers and creeks. The process of extracting these
surface waters for water supply purposes can significantly alter natural flow regimes and affect
downstream environmental flows.
Currently within MBRC and the rest of SEQ there is no provision for the release of flow from dams,
such as North Pine Dam, to ensure downstream flows are maintained (MWH, 2005). Releases of
water from these storages typically only happen in times of high rainfall in the catchment when
surplus water is allowed to overflow dam walls into downstream reaches, usually to maintain dam
safety requirements. As a consequence, during periods of low rainfall, downstream reaches of
waterways such as the Pine River experience reduced flows which potentially impacts on the health
of aquatic ecosystems.
To address the issue of environmental flows in the major waterways of SEQ, environmental flow
objectives have been included in the various Water Resource Plans developed under the Water Act
2000. The Plan relevant to MBRC is the Water Resource (Moreton) Plan 2007, which includes
environmental flow objectives for a number of locations within MBRC, including:
• South Pine River at North Pine River confluence (AMTD 7.5km); and
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
TWCM DRIVERS AND ISSUES 2-6
The environmental flow objectives specified in the Water Resource (Moreton) Plan 2007 for these
locations include a range of flow requirements that need to be achieved under low, medium and high
flow scenarios, based on historical flow records. Wherever possible, these environmental flow
objectives attempt to mimic the natural flow regime of a catchment system.
Environmental flows are also addressed in the SEQ Natural Resource Management Plan 2009–2031
(SEQ NRM Plan) (DERM, 2009b). This Plan includes targets and objectives in regard to the
protection of SEQ’s natural resources which aim to meet outcomes specified in the SEQ Regional
Plan. In terms of environmental flows in waterways of SEQ, the SEQ NRM Plan includes the following
targets:
• By 2031, environmental flows will meet aquatic ecosystem health and ecological process
requirements;
• By 2017, water resource plans will determine environmental flow targets to meet ecosystem
requirements;
• By 2017, the impacts on aquatic ecosystem health and ecological processes caused by
interaction between surface and groundwater will be assessed; and
• By 2017, the impact of peak flows on aquatic ecosystem health and ecological processes will be
assessed.
In terms of TWCM planning, the consequence of having to maintain these environmental flow
objectives in the waterways of MBRC can potentially adversely impact on available water supply and
associated harvestable yield in the region. If water storages are required to release a certain amount
of water to downstream reaches, this can reduce yields. Combine this with the potential impacts of
climate change (see Section 2.4) and increasing population on water supplies, and it is evident that
the TWCM planning process will need to account for environmental flow requirements in any future
water accounting scenarios to ensure that storage yields are properly determined.
In terms of water supply in the region, climate change may potentially have an impact on the yields of
surface water storages. This is mainly due to the predicted increase of hotter days and lower rainfall
impacting on inflows into the storages and also losses from these storages from increased
evapotranspiration.
The SEQ Water Strategy (QWC, 2010) makes reference to climate change, stating that “climate
change may have a dramatic impact on the supply from our dams. The majority of climate modelling
done to date indicates that SEQ is likely to become hotter and drier, reducing inflows to dams and
increasing demand for water. A mid-range estimate of a 10% reduction in the yield of dams and weirs
has been used for scenario analysis. This estimate is based on modelling of climate, rainfall and
inflow projections for SEQ”.
The Draft SEQ Climate Change Management Plan (DIP, 2009a) has recently been developed which
includes actions to implement the climate change policies included in the SEQ Regional Plan. The
aim of these actions is to reduce greenhouse gas emissions in SEQ (mitigation) and to undertake
measures which mitigate the effects of climate change (adaptation).
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
TWCM DRIVERS AND ISSUES 2-7
To predict the impacts that climate change may have on weather systems, global climate change
models have been developed. These models attempt to predict the climate system’s response to
human-induced impacts such as the production of greenhouse gases. They simulate oceanic and
atmospheric processes and the important connections between land, oceans and the atmosphere.
However, these global models typically have a grid resolution of between 150 and 300 km, which
increases the uncertainty of climate change predictions on a regional scale (DIP, 2009a).
To address the uncertainty which is inherent in these course global scale models, regional scale
models are currently being developed which aim to increase the resolution of the SEQ region. These
models should provide more reliable climate change predictions for the region by downscaling the
global model simulations from a grid resolution of 150 to 300 km to a resolution of 14 to 20 km for
SEQ (DIP, 2009a).
The SEQ Water Strategy (QWC, 2010) states that the majority of climate-catchment modelling results
for SEQ catchments indicate the region is likely to become drier and suggests climate change may
dramatically impact on regional water supplies. This means less water is likely to be available from
water catchments and dams. These changes are expected to occur over the medium to long-term,
linked to increases in average temperature. The SEQ Water Strategy also includes results from case
studies which indicate that by 2031 the annual streamflow for the Brisbane River downstream of Mt
Crosby Weir could be reduced by up to 28% in a ‘dry’ scenario or increased by up to 14% in a ‘wet’
scenario (QWC, 2010).
While it is expected that climate change will impact on future weather patterns to some degree, there
is still a considerable degree of uncertainty in these predictions. More work is required to improve our
understanding of climate change impacts, and such work is currently being conducted by the
Queensland Government Climate Change Centre of Excellence and the SEQ Urban Water Security
Research Alliance. Until this work is complete, the SEQ Water Strategy has adopted a mid-range
climate change scenario of a 10% reduction in surface water supply/yield by 2030.
In terms of the TWCM planning process, it is essential that this 10% reduction in surface water
supply/yield is considered in any future water supply scenarios. This also places emphasis on the
need for investigation of other sources of water (such as recycled water and stormwater harvesting)
which are less susceptible to climate change impacts, given the current reliance on surface water
supplies in the region.
Water conservation is an essential component of TWCM planning and plays a key role in water
supply security and wastewater discharge minimisation. Since the recent drought, water conservation
has been a focus area in SEQ with the imposition of significant water restrictions, and the introduction
of a broad range of water saving initiatives.
Water restrictions have been instrumental in reducing per capita water consumption. However, with
the breaking of the drought and water supplies returning to near capacity, it is expected that over time
these lower levels of water consumption may drift back towards pre-drought levels.
A number of initiatives and measures have been implemented in order to assist with long term water
conservation and to encourage the population to reduce its water consumption. These include the
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
TWCM DRIVERS AND ISSUES 2-8
setting of water use targets, along with statutory requirements to install water savings fixtures and
devices in new buildings and a range of measures to encourage and subsidise the installation of
water saving systems, such as rainwater tanks, pool covers, shower heads and tap fittings.
The SEQ Regional Plan specifies a residential water use target of 230L/person/day. Demand
management measures significantly reduced water consumption during the ‘Millennium Drought’ from
an average of 296 L/person/day before restrictions were introduced, to 129 L/person/day for the year
to end July 2008 (DIP, 2009b). While these water restrictions have been relaxed and water
consumption has probably increased, the target of 230 L/person/day is considered realistic in the long
term. Therefore, this should be the water demand figure utilised for future scenario analysis in the
TWCM planning process.
The installation of water savings fixtures and devices in certain new buildings is now a statutory
requirement. The Queensland Development Code requires that every new detached house in SEQ
must meet water savings targets by supplying 70,000 litres of non-grid water per year, while each
new townhouse must supply 42,000 litres (DIP, 2009b). This requirement can be achieved through
rainwater tanks, local recycled water schemes, stormwater harvesting or alternative measures.
Additionally, all businesses must use water efficiently. Non-residential activities that use more than 10
million litres per year must complete a water efficiency management plan that demonstrates how they
are achieving, or will achieve, best practice water use. Businesses using more than one million litres
of water per year must install water-efficient appliances such as low-flow taps, trigger sprays,
showerheads, urinals and cooling towers (DIP, 2009b).
In terms of rural water use, the SEQ Regional Plan includes provisions to investigate opportunities to
provide recycled water for rural irrigation, and to improve the efficiency of rural water use, particularly
irrigation systems, through information and incentives.
While the TWCM Plan may include solutions for additional water supplies, it is essential that water
conservation maintains a continued focus in order to minimise inefficient water use. This may delay or
eliminate the need for future water infrastructure upgrades, such as desalination plants, and also
contribute to wastewater flow/load reduction targets.
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
TWCM DRIVERS AND ISSUES 2-9
Of the above STPs, South Caboolture and Murrumba Downs both operate Advanced Water
Treatment Plants that treat a portion of water from these STPs to A+ Class recycled water. This
water is supplied to users in the Caboolture district (from South Caboolture) and to AMCOR in the
Lower Pine River Catchment (from Murrumba Downs).
Each STP operated under DERM development permits with approval conditions which constrain the
discharge of treated water to receiving waters. The existing development permits all include
concentration based discharge limits with a limit to daily discharge volume. Specific nutrient loads
are not conditioned, apart from Murrumba Downs, which has mass load limits in addition to
concentration based limits in its new licence conditions. It is also noted that negotiations are currently
being undertaken to transfer the Caboolture and Burpengary STP licences to mass load limits.
Copies of current STP licences are contained in Appendix A for reference.
In 2007, concentration-based water quality objectives (WQOs) for waterways in SEQ were introduced
under the Environmental Protection Act 1994 (EP Act), specifically through Schedule 1 of the
Environmental Protection (Water) Policy 2009 (EPP Water). Section 14.2 of the EPP Water stipulates
that wastewater discharged from a proposed development must meet the target WQOs, and where
discharge from a STP cannot immediately meet these WQOs, then future capacity upgrades must
result in a practical reduction in the total amount of pollutants released so that receiving waters are
improved. Section 20 of the EPP Water also stipulates that a local government’s TWCM Plan must
include provisions for effluent management, waste water recycling, sewerage system overflows and
biosolids management. It is noted that Unitywater is currently reviewing its biosolids management
strategy.
Section 22 of the EPP (Water) 2009 also specifies that a local government or sewerage service
provider should develop and implement an Environmental Plan about Trade Waste Management to
control trade waste entering its sewerage services. This plan must be included in its TWCM Plan.
MBRC currently has Trade Waste Policies/Environmental Plans for each of its former LGAs (Pine,
Caboolture and Redcliffe). Unitywater intends to develop a common Trade Waste Policy for all areas
within the next two years that will satisfy this requirement. Apart from the development of a common
policy for the amalgamated MBRC LGA, no significant trade waste issues are identified within
Moreton Bay Regional Council. Currently trade waste within MBRC is low relative to STPs in other
areas and is primarily from low risk activities (e.g. shopping centres). South Caboolture, Murrumba
Downs, Bribie Island, Redcliffe, Dayboro and Woodford all have trade waste flows of 3 to 4% of total
flow.
Trade waste generated at Burpengary East and Brendale constitute between 4 and 5% of total flow.
These two plants have a slightly higher risk profile due to the Narangba Industrial Area and the
Brendale (light) industrial area, however there have been no incidents which have threatened the
biological processes at these plants. There are some small scale metal finishing and plating
industries which have the potential to release quantities of heavy metals that could pose a risk to the
STPs or the environment, however these are closely monitored with strict controls in place.
The setting of specific water quality objectives for receiving waters (under the EPP Water) has
significant implications on wastewater discharges from STPs. A number of the STPs within MBRC
are currently nearing their approved capacity, and will require upgrades to meet future increased
flows from new development and expected population growth. These upgrades would be subject to
development approval and be required to meet WQOs and provisions of the EPP Water. The
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
TWCM DRIVERS AND ISSUES 2-10
approval process under the Sustainable Planning Act 2009 (SPA) will also reinforce the need to
comply with the EPP Water and associated WQOs.
As receiving waters at present are generally in poor condition (refer Table 2-2), it is not expected that
any increase in current discharge limits will be allowed, and future studies quantifying sustainable
loads may in fact require significant decreases to current licence limits. Therefore STPs will be
required to improve treatment technologies, reduce discharge (through reduced water use/infiltration
etc) and/or increase reuse to comply with the EP Act and EPP Water.
Forecasts by Unitywater indicate the following timeframes for STPs to exceed current DERM licence
conditions, assuming business as usual:
• Brendale: 2016 with no diversion of flows to BCC or 2021 with BCC diversion (>9.4 ML/d Q);
• Burpengary East STP: 2014 no diversion, 2019 with temporary diversion of 70,000 EP to
Murrumba Downs (>50,000 EP);
• Redcliffe STP: potentially 2011 – 2015 (TN concentration > 5mg/L); and
Furthermore, sustainable load limits for the Caboolture River identified by the EPA in 1998 for Total
Nitrogen (75 kg/day) will be exceeded by discharge from the South Caboolture and Burpengary STPs
around 2021. It is, however, noted that additional investigation of sustainable loads is required to
establish the accuracy of this figure.
Figure 2-1 to Figure 2-4 (sourced from Unitywater) illustrate some of the above forecast timeframes.
Figure 2-5 shows the current DERM licenced capacity of each STP, in comparison to the current
design capacity and the current loads received for treatment at each STP.
Figure 2-5 illustrates the need for upgrades of design capacities at most STPS, however it is
anticipated that these upgrades will not trigger the need for development approval, as they are likely
to remain within licenced capacities. Future upgrades are planned for Woodford (prior 2011),
Brendale (prior 2015), South Caboolture (prior 2016), Burpengary East (prior 2016) and Redcliffe
(prior 2017).
To ensure compliance with current and future legislation, a combination of improved treatment
technologies, reduced discharge (through reduced water use/infiltration etc) and increased reuse will
be required. Current best practice treatment technologies in conventional STPs produce effluent
nutrient concentrations that are still an order of magnitude greater than receiving waterway WQOs.
Therefore it is evident that treatment technologies alone will not fulfil legislative requirements to
enable effectively unlimited discharges from STPs.
The use of treatment technologies to improve water quality also has the following key financial and
environmental impacts to be considered:
• High capital costs and associated increases in contributions to sewerage infrastructure charges,
which in turn affects housing affordability;
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
TWCM DRIVERS AND ISSUES 2-11
• Significant increases to greenhouse gas emissions due to the high energy consumption by the
treatment technology used to achieve very low concentrations of nitrogen; and
Considering the financial and environmental impacts of treatment technologies alone, the potential to
reuse effluent to meet agricultural, residential, commercial and industrial demands may potentially
provide a more sustainable and cost effective solution for STPs to achieve WQOs and legislative
discharge requirements. However, it is noted that reuse of effluent may also have similar financial
and environmental impacts that will also need to be investigated and considered as part of the
TWCMP process.
If sustainable solutions cannot be delivered, there would be a need to cap the volume of wastewater
or nutrient loads discharged in order to comply with legislative requirements and thereby protect the
environmental values of receiving waters. This may necessitate a cap on further development in the
catchment which would have significant social and economic impacts. This prospect has already
been raised by the former Moreton Bay Water to Councillors and key staff in MBRC for development
in the Caboolture River Catchment in 2021 (when it is estimated that sustainable TN loads from STPs
will be exceeded) (MBRC 2009a).
In summary, from a wastewater perspective, the key drivers of TWCM will be the need to comply with
legislative requirements of the Environmental Protection Act 1994 and the EPP Water while
accommodating future development and growth within MBRC.
In order to achieve this, sustainable pollutant loads for receiving waterways (i.e. the annual pollutant
load that waterways can assimilate without exceeding concentration based WQOs) will need to be
determined and inputs from wastewater will need to be considered along with other inputs (i.e. diffuse
loads) in the context of Total Water Cycle Management.
An additional driver is Council’s commitment to the SEQ Healthy Waterways Strategy 2007 - 2012,
and specifically the Point Source Pollution Management Action Plan, which has a target of 100%
reuse of dry weather flows from STPs.
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
TWCM DRIVERS AND ISSUES 2-12
140
25
120
100 20
80
15
60
10
40
5
20
0 0
2004 2005 2011 2016 2021 2022
Daily Nitrogen Loading (kg/day) - Burpengary
Daily Nitrogen Loading (kg/day) - South Caboolture
Licence Limit for Max Daily Av Dry Weather Discharge (ML/day)
Daily Discharge (ML/day) -Total
Licence Limit for Daily Nitrogen Loading (kg/day)
Figure 2-1 Sustainable Loads for TN in Caboolture River Predicted to be Exceeded by 2021
100
35
30
80
25
60
20
40 15
10
20
5
0 0
2008 2009 2011 2016 2021 2026 2027
Daily Nitrogen Loading (kg/day) Daily Phosphorus Loading (Kg/day)
Daily Discharge (ML/day) Licence Limit for Daily Discharge (ML/day)
Licence Limit for Daily Nitrogen Loading (kg/day) Licence Limit for Daily Phosphorus Loading (Kg/day)
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
TWCM DRIVERS AND ISSUES 2-13
14
50
12
40
10
30 8
6
20
10
2
0 0
2008 2009 2011 2016 2021 2026 2027
Daily Nitrogen Loading (kg/day) (Baseline Scenario) Daily Phosphorus Loading (Kg/day) (Baseline Scenario)
Daily Discharge (ML/day) (Baseline Scenario) Licence Limit for Daily Discharge (ML/day)
Daily Discharge (ML/day) (Medium Growth Scenario) Daily Discharge (ML/day) (High Growth Scenario)
Figure 2-3 Approval Conditions for Daily Discharge Predicted to be Exceeded by 2016 at
Brendale STP (discharge to South Pine River) for Medium Growth Scenario and Assuming No
Diversion of Flows to BCC
14
50
12
40
10
30 8
6
20
10
2
0 0
2008 2009 2011 2016 2021 2026 2027
Daily Nitrogen Loading (kg/day) (Baseline Scenario) Daily Phosphorus Loading (Kg/day) (Baseline Scenario)
Daily Discharge (ML/day) (Baseline Scenario) Licence Limit for Daily Discharge (ML/day)
Daily Discharge (ML/day) (Medium Growth Scenario) Daily Discharge (ML/day) (High Growth Scenario)
Figure 2-4 Approval Conditions for Daily Discharge Predicted to be Exceeded by 2021 at
Brendale STP (discharge to South Pine River) for Medium Growth Scenario and Assuming
Diversion of Flows to BCC
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
TWCM DRIVERS AND ISSUES 2-14
Licence EP Capacity
140000 Current EP 140000
Design EP Capacity
120000 120000
Equivalent Persons (EP)
100000 100000
80000 80000
60000 60000
40000 40000
20000 20000
0 0
Burpengary East
Bribie Is
Murrumba Downs
Dayboro
Woodford
Brendale
Redcliffe
South Caboolture
The Ecosystem Health Monitoring Program (EHMP), coordinated by the SEQ Healthy Waterways
Partnership, provides regional assessments of the ambient ecosystem health for each of SEQ’s 19
major catchments, 18 river estuaries, and Moreton Bay, highlighting where the health of SEQ’s
waterways is getting better or worse. The program commenced in 2000, however a snapshot of the
most recent EHMP Report Card grades for catchments that largely fall within MBRC and ultimately its
receiving waters (estuaries and bays) is presented in Table 2-2. Where report card grades have
declined from the previous year, grades are highlighted in red text. Improvements are highlighted in
blue text.
Table 2-2 EHMP Grades for Catchments within MBRC and Receiving Waters
Catchment Freshwater Estuary/Marine
2009 2010 2009 2010
Stanley River Catchment1 B B-
Pumicestone Passage Catchment & Estuary1 B C- C+ D+
Caboolture River Catchment & Estuary C C+ D- D
Pine Rivers Catchment & Estuary C- C- D+ C-
Deception Bay D- D+
Bramble Bay F D+
Overall Moreton Bay D C
Report Card Ratings: A = Excellent B = Good C = Fair D = Poor F = Fail
1
Catchment and monitoring sites also extend into other SEQ Council jurisdictions
As demonstrated in Table 2-2, only freshwaters in the Stanley River and the Pumicestone Passage
(2009) catchments received an Ecosystem Health rating of ‘good’ in 2009, and while freshwaters
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
TWCM DRIVERS AND ISSUES 2-15
within Caboolture and Pine River catchments rated ‘sound’, receiving estuaries in these catchments
were rated as ‘poor’. Furthermore, the health of the Bays that ultimately receive all waters were rated
from ‘poor’ to ‘fail’.
The EHMP results in Table 2-2 generally show a slight improvement in estuary health since the
previous year, except for Pumicestone Passage which has declined in 2010. A summary of all
EHMP results recorded for catchments and receiving waters within MBRC between 2000 and 2010 is
presented in Figure 2-6 (freshwater) and Figure 2-7 (estuary and bays).
Figure 2-7 indicates that there was a general decline in all receiving estuaries and waters in SEQ in
2009 due to significant rainfall over the year causing high diffuse loads of sediment and nutrients.
This had a significant impact on receiving waters of Moreton Bay which declined from a B- in 2008 to
a D in 2009, the lowest ecosystem health rating in over a decade of monitoring. However, in 2010
the EHMP results indicate that the estuaries are improving in water quality, with Moreton Bay
improving to a C.
The results show that a key challenge to maintaining waterway health in SEQ is managing diffuse
stormwater pollutant loads in both urban and non-urban areas. This is likely to be a key pressure
within MBRC catchments due to future predicted increases in population and development in the
region. Important measures to manage diffuse stormwater pollutant loads include riparian restoration,
channel stabilisation and water sensitive urban design (in new and existing urban areas).
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
TWCM DRIVERS AND ISSUES 2-16
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
TWCM DRIVERS AND ISSUES 2-17
The SEQ Healthy Waterways Strategy 2007-2012 (HWP, 2007) has developed issue based Action
Plans for WSUD, Protection and Conservation, Non-Urban Diffuse Source Pollution, and Coastal
Algae Blooms which assist to contribute to the maintenance and improvement of waterways in SEQ
through the management of diffuse pollutant loads. It also has a specific action plan developed to
address Point Source Pollution, and an Area Based Action Plan for Moreton Bay. Table 2-3
summarises the overarching management target of each of the aforementioned Healthy Waterways
Action Plans that are applicable within MBRC. These Action Plans are also supported by the Desired
Regional Outcome for Water Management in the SEQ Regional Plan.
Table 2-3 Healthy Waterways Strategy Action Plans Applicable to MBRC (HWP 2007)
Point Source Pollution By 2026, 100 percent of nutrient loads originating from point
Management sources are prevented from entering receiving waterways and
Moreton Bay.
Moreton Bay By 2026, the Environmental Values and Water Quality Objectives
of Moreton Bay are achieved with critical habitats and species
protected and key ecological processes maintained.
Key actions that MBRC have committed to undertake to improve water quality as part of the SEQ
Healthy Waterways Strategy are further detailed in Appendix B.
The SEQ Natural Resource Management Plan (DERM, 2009b) also articulates measurable targets
for receiving waters and water resources that are aligned with desired regional outcomes (DRO) and
policies in the SEQ Regional Plan. A number of targets in the Plan are aligned with the DRO for
Water Management, which includes the principles of TWCM and the protection and enhancement of
waterway health. Examples of specific targets include the maintenance of High Environmental Value
(HEV) waterways; restoration of ecosystem health and ecological processes for waterways that are
currently classified as slightly to moderately disturbed and/or highly disturbed; and the maintenance
and enhancement of waterways to achieve or exceed scheduled WQOs (under the EPP Water).
HEV Waterways, EVs and WQOs have been scheduled under the EPP Water (2009) for the following
catchments and receiving waters within MBRC:
• Basin No.141 (part) Waters of the Stanley River Freshwater Catchment (draft only, no EVs and
WQOs scheduled);
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
TWCM DRIVERS AND ISSUES 2-18
• Basins No. 144 and adjacent to basins 141 to 143, 145 and 146: Moreton Bay, North Stradbroke,
South Stradbroke, Moreton and Moreton Bay Islands.
As discussed previously, in 2007 Environmental Values (EVs) and concentration-based WQOs for
receiving waterways in SEQ were introduced under the Environmental Protection Act 1994,
specifically through Schedule 1 of the EPP Water (2009). These WQOs have been set to protect and
enhance the Environmental Values of SEQ waterways. While Council is committed to protecting
these Environmental Values for the good of the local community and future generations, under the
EPP Water MBRC is also required to develop a TWCM Plan that addresses urban stormwater quality
management to improve the quality and flow of stormwater. To date, this has been undertaken for the
Pine Rivers Catchment only (MWH, 2009). This was undertaken as an Integrated Urban Water Cycle
Management (IUWCM) Strategy to fulfil commitments made by the former PRSC in the SEQ Healthy
Waterways Strategy WSUD Action Plan.
In order to develop management strategies to protect EVs, sustainable loads to receiving waterways
need to be quantified. Sustainable loads can be defined as the annual pollutant load that waterways
can assimilate without exceeding concentration based WQOs (as set by the EPP Water). To date,
sustainable loads targets have been quantified for the Pine River and Caboolture River Catchments
only. However, it is noted that a study is currently being undertaken to review sustainable loads to the
Caboolture River. Sustainable loads for all receiving waters within MBRC need to be quantified in
order to develop appropriate management options to satisfy the EPP Water and protect the health of
receiving waterways.
Findings of both the Pine Rivers Area Integrated Urban Water Cycle Management Strategy (MWH,
2009) and the Pine River Sustainable Pollutant Load Study (BMT WBM, 2008) indicated that the
following management actions are necessary to assist in achieving sustainable loads and WQOs that
protect the EVs of the waterways within the Pine Rivers Catchment:
• Implementing best practice WSUD (80/60/45% load reductions of TSS/TP/TN) for all Greenfield
urban developments;
• Progressive retrofit of WSUD in existing urban areas as opportunities arise (e.g. during road
resurfacing and urban drainage improvement works);
It is evident from the above that WSUD is a key management action for improving water quality and
should be considered in any TWCMP. As mentioned previously, the SEQ Regional Plan DRO for
Water Management adopts TWCM as a key principle and framework for managing urban water
quality in SEQ. As part of this approach, the SEQ Regional Plan endorses the adoption of water
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
TWCM DRIVERS AND ISSUES 2-19
sensitive urban design (WSUD), with Policy 11.1.2 specifying that planning and management of
urban stormwater should comply with the design objectives as set out in the SEQ Regional Plan
2009-2031 Implementation Guideline No. 7: Water Sensitive Urban Design. This document sets
stormwater management design objectives for water quality, waterway stability and waterway
frequent flow management. The design objectives in this document are consistent with design
objectives for best practice urban stormwater management developed by the Healthy Waterways
Partnership and documented in the SEQ Healthy Waterways WSUD Action Plan. The key purpose
of the Implementation Guideline is to set design objectives as a consistent standard for all new
assessable urban development within SEQ. It is noted that the SEQ urban stormwater management
design objectives advocated in this Implementation Guideline are also strengthened by the State
Planning Policy for Healthy Waters (effective February 2010). The purpose of this policy is to ensure
that any development for urban purposes under the SPA 2009, including community infrastructure, is
planned, designed, constructed and operated to manage stormwater and wastewater to a lesser
extent) in ways that protect the environmental values prescribed in the Environmental Protection
(Water) Policy 2009.
In summary the key water quality drivers for TWCM within MBRC will be to:
• Meet the regulatory requirements of the EP Act 1994 and EPP Water (2009) which prescribes
the development of a TWCM Plan and to achieve WQOs to protect Environmental Values;
• Meet commitments of the SEQ Healthy Waterways Strategy 2007-2012, which aims to achieve
waterways and catchments that are healthy ecosystems supporting the livelihoods and lifestyles
of people in SEQ by 2026;
• Meet targets in the SEQ Natural Resources Management Plan that are aligned with Desired
Regional Outcomes and policies for Water Management in the SEQ Regional Plan; and
• Implement planning and management of urban stormwater and wastewater to comply with the
Sustainable Planning Act (2009) and SPP for Healthy Waters (effective 28 February 2011), as
well as the design objectives set out for stormwater in the SEQ Regional Plan 2009-2031
Implementation Guideline No. 7: Water Sensitive Urban Design. This Guideline is aligned with
principles and policies for Total Water Cycle Management and Desired Regional Outcomes for
Water Management in the SEQ Regional Plan.
Considering the current condition of waterways, and the future population growth and development
pressures in the region, existing water quality pressures on receiving waters in the region are likely to
significantly increase. These are key challenges that will need to be addressed in the TWCM planning
process.
Changes in natural overland flow regimes can result from land use changes associated with
urbanisation. This is mostly a consequence of vegetation clearing and an increase in impervious
areas, resulting in an increase in runoff volumes entering downstream waterways. This increase in
runoff volume can also result in an increase in the extent of flood impacted areas, with associated risk
and safety issues. Harvesting or interference with overland flows as part of agricultural activities can
also alter natural overland flow regimes.
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
TWCM DRIVERS AND ISSUES 2-20
The SEQ Regional Plan stipulates that areas of flood risk should be identified, including the projected
effects of climate change, and programs undertaken to mitigate this risk. Natural flow and inundation
patterns should be restored in flood hazard areas, including connectivity between rivers and
floodplains and beneficial flooding of agricultural areas. This will also minimise the concentration of
flows and downstream flooding. The flood hazard area should be determined based on a defined
flood event, taking into account the effects of climate change on rainfall and storm surges (DIP,
2009b).
In urban areas, one way to assist in managing these flow alterations is by using water sensitive urban
design (WSUD) wherever possible. However, it should be noted that WSUD alone will not alleviate
flooding risks entirely. All developments should be assessed to ensure flow alterations are acceptable
in relation to flood risk and environmental flows.
The TWCM planning process will need to consider flooding impacts when developing management
solutions. There should be no increase in flooding risk from any of the solutions developed, and
ideally the target should be to decrease the flooding risk in each catchment as well as downstream
impacts, where possible. Council is currently developing a flood plain management plan as a
companion document to the TWCM Plan, that will identify flood risks and appropriate management
measures.
With the development of the SEQ Water Grid, the Queensland Government has taken the first steps
in implementing water industry institutional reform. This reform aims to ensure effective operation and
management of the Water Grid and the efficient use of the range of water supplies in SEQ.
The SEQ Water Strategy (QWC, 2010) indicates that the reform is to be implemented in stages, with
the first stage completed in July 2008 comprising the establishment of four new entities that own and
operate the SEQ Water Grid, including:
• Queensland Bulk Water Supply Authority, trading as Seqwater, which owns all dams,
groundwater infrastructure and water treatment plants in SEQ;
• Queensland Bulk Water Transport Authority, trading as Linkwater, which owns all major pipelines
in SEQ; and
The second stage of the reform commenced on 1 July 2010, and involved the establishment of three
combined distribution/retail entities that own the water and sewerage infrastructure and sell water
supply and sewage disposal services to customers. The service areas of the entities are the following
Council groups:
• Brisbane, Scenic Rim, Ipswich, Somerset, Lockyer Valley – trading as Queensland Urban
Utilities;
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
TWCM DRIVERS AND ISSUES 2-21
This water industry reform involves a restructuring of functional responsibilities for LGAs and water
businesses. MBRC is responsible for stormwater, town planning, growth management, development
control, and environmental management, while Unitywater is responsible for water and recycled
water supply, wastewater treatment, and trade waste. Refer to Figure 2-8 for a description of water
industry entities relevant to the Moreton Bay region and associated functional responsibilities.
For the MBRC area, Unitywater is the new water distribution and retail business serving the needs of
the Moreton Bay and Sunshine Coast communities. Any implications associated with the
establishment of this new entity and the functional responsibility split between MBRC and Unitywater
will need to be considered in the TWCM Plan. Unitywater will be the responsible organisation for
delivering many of the water cycle solutions developed for the TWCM Plan and a foreshadowed
amendment to the EPP Water will require MBRC to seek the endorsement of the TWCM Plan by the
local Water Distribution Retailer. At the same time, The TWCM Plan must have sufficient information
to inform Unitywater’s Netserv Plan, due to be completed by 2013.
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
TWCM DRIVERS AND ISSUES 2-22
Figure 2-8 Water Industry Entities in Moreton Bay Region and Functional Responsibilities
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
TWCM DRIVERS AND ISSUES 2-23
Within the MBRC region, there exist a number of environmentally sensitive areas comprising national
parks, state forests, conservation areas, reserves, wetlands and High Ecological Value (HEV) areas.
These areas are important for several reasons including species richness and diversity, habitat
quality, and aesthetic values. The environmental values associated with these areas require
protection, and in this regard the TWCM planning process needs to consider existing environmental
stressors on these areas along with potential impacts from future development.
Examples of areas which are environmentally important in the MBRC region include the following:
• High Ecological Value (HEV) areas – these areas, as per Schedule 1 of the EPP Water, have
been identified as being of high ecological importance. In these areas, water quality is required to
either be maintained (no worsening) or certain water quality standards achieved;
• Hays Inlet - this area is a saltwater inlet off Bramble Bay. The slender inlet borders the suburb of
Clontarf to the east and the suburbs of Mango Hill and Griffin to the west. Hays Inlet is a
declared fish habitat and is recognised as an internationally significant migratory wader bird
habitat under the Ramsar Convention. It provides important habitat and breeding grounds for the
Black-winged Stilt, Bar-tailed Godwit and other wader birds that migrate here every year. In the
past, green algae blooms have developed in Hays Inlet due to high nutrient concentrations
(PRCA, 2010). Hays Inlet is also classified as a HEV area;
• Pumicestone Passage – this passage is a narrow, shallow estuary with a meandering system
of channels, sand banks and islands. It is located between Bribie Island and the mainland,
extending from Caloundra in the north to Deception Bay in the south. The passage has a
diversity of environmental values, with many significant species such as turtles, dugongs and
migratory birds making their homes amongst the mangroves, mud flats, coastal dunes and
seagrass meadows. For this reason the passage is recognised on a local, regional, national and
international scale (SCRC, 2010). Also, the northern part of Pumicestone Passage is classified
as a HEV area;
• D’Aguilar Range National Park – this national park (formerly Brisbane Forest Park) is located
on the western border of MBRC and totals approximately 35,000ha. This park protects the core
of vast bushland area in the D'Aguilar Range The town of Dayboro is situated on the lower
foothills midway along the range and Woodford lies at the northern most point of the range.
Some areas within this National Park are identified as HEV areas;
• Other environmentally sensitive areas in the MBRC region include the following:
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
TWCM DRIVERS AND ISSUES 2-24
¾ Clear Mountain Forest Reserve - located at the border of Upper Pine and Lower Pine
catchments;
¾ Samford Conservation Park - located in Lower Pine and Brisbane Coastal catchments;
¾ Sheep Station Creek Conservation Park – located in Caboolture River catchment; and
Refer to Figure 3-1 in Section 3.1 for locations of these environmentally sensitive areas within the
MBRC region.
These areas are important environmental assets, on both a local and regional scale. One outcome
from the TWCM planning process will be the development of measures which minimise existing and
future environmental impacts on these areas.
A brief description of the legislative and policy drivers which play a significant role in the above
mentioned drivers is included here to provide an indication of their relevance in the context of TWCM
planning process. Legislative and policy drivers include the following:
• Sustainable Planning Act 2009 (SPA) - The Sustainable Planning Act 2009 (SPA), which
replaced the Integrated Planning Act 1997 (IPA) in 2009, is Queensland’s principal planning
legislation. It provides a framework for integrated and coordinated assessment of new
development through the Integrated Development Assessment System (IDAS);
• Environmental Protection Act 1994 - provides a regulatory framework for protection of the
environment and promotes an environmental stewardship approach. The Act also gives force
and effect to the recently revised Environmental Protection (Water) Policy 2009 (EPP Water),
which specifies environmental values and water quality objectives for waterways in Queensland.
The EPP Water also prescribes the requirement for development of total water cycle
management plans for LGAs (section 19 of EPP Water). Along with the requirements of these
Plans set out in section 19, these TWCM Plans must include provisions for sewage management
(section 20), urban stormwater quality (section 21), and trade waste management (section 22);
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
TWCM DRIVERS AND ISSUES 2-25
• Water Act 2000 - establishes a system for the planning, allocation and use of water. Sustainable
management under the Act requires that water be allocated for the wellbeing of the people of
Queensland and the protection of the biological diversity and health of natural ecosystems, within
limits that can be sustained indefinitely. Under the Act, a number of catchment-based water
resource plans have been developed which take into account surface water, groundwater and
overland flow, and provide for environmental needs as well as human uses by providing secure
water entitlements with a specified probability of supply. For the MBRC area, the relevant water
resource plan is the Water Resource (Moreton) Plan 2007. The Water Act provides authority to
the Queensland Water Commission (QWC) to impose water restrictions;
• Water Supply (Safety and Reliability) Act 2008 - includes provisions dealing with drinking
water that aim to protect public health by requiring drinking water service providers to undertake
monitoring and reporting on drinking water quality, and to develop and implement a Drinking
Water Quality Management Plan. Catchment management is a core element of managing the
quality of drinking water, and is achieved by managing existing uses, planning new development
to manage risks, and rehabilitating catchments. Local Government planning schemes must
identify drinking water catchment areas and include appropriate development controls. Planning
studies in these areas must consider how to avoid future types or scales of development that
would pose an unacceptable risk to water quality. Where development is permitted, strict controls
may be required to protect the natural water cycle. Infrastructure should also be located and
designed with regard to water quality risks. The Act also addresses the treatment and supply of
recycled water for potable and non-potable uses, including the requirement to develop a
Recycled Water Management Plan (RWMP). A key driver for the Act was to provide a regulatory
basis for the development of the Western Corridor Purified Recycled Water project;
• Public Health Regulation 2008 - provides minimum water quality requirements for water
recycling for both potable and non-potable uses;
• State Planning Policy for Healthy Waters (SPP for Healthy Waters) - this State Planning
Policy was approved by government in October 2010 and becomes effective on 28 February
2011. It aims to ensure that any development under the Sustainable Planning Act 2009 (SPA),
including community infrastructure, is planned, designed, constructed, and operated to manage
stormwater and wastewater in ways that protect the environmental values specified in the EPP
Water (2009). In other words, this would require developers to demonstrate how they have
adopted water sensitive urban design principles in their development applications. The SPP for
Healthy Waters applies to:
¾ The stormwater water quality management of development proposals that comprise at least
six lots or dwellings;
¾ Development for urban purposes with wastewater for discharge to a waterway; and
¾ Planning at all scales including new green field urban areas as well as infilling and
redevelopment of existing built-up areas.
The Policy does not apply to development associated with single detached dwellings. This policy
has been developed under IPA 1997 and the SPA 2009 and applies to the whole of Queensland.
• Implementation Guideline No. 7: Water Sensitive Urban Design - this guideline forms part of
the SEQ Regional Plan 2009 -2031. It includes Water Sensitive Urban Design Objectives for
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
TWCM DRIVERS AND ISSUES 2-26
Urban Stormwater Management, and applies to the SEQ region only. The three key design
objectives in the Guideline for managing urban stormwater are intended to:
The new SPP for Healthy Waters advocates the use of the stormwater management objectives
in these guidelines for applicable development within SEQ.
• SEQ Regional Plan 2009-2031 (DIP, 2009b) - The SEQ Regional Plan is the overarching
planning document for the SEQ region. The purpose of the Plan is to manage regional growth
and change in the most sustainable way to protect and enhance quality of life in the region. The
State Government recently reviewed the previous version of the SEQ Regional Plan (2005-2026)
to address emerging regional growth management issues, and refined and modified the strategic
directions, principles and policies of the SEQ Regional Plan 2005-2026 to respond to emerging
issues;
• SEQ Water Strategy (QWC, 2009) - this plan sets out the means to ensure a secure water
supply over the next 50 years and beyond, to support our lifestyles and provide for our water use
needs as well as those of the environment. The Strategy includes a water supply guarantee
which is to be met by a range of supply infrastructure, such as dams, desalination, purified
recycled water and a grid linking them up, as well as an ongoing demand management program;
• SEQ Healthy Waterways Strategy (HWP, 2007) - is an integrated set of Action Plans which aim
to maintain and improve the health of the waterways and catchments of SEQ. The Strategy
addresses aquatic ecosystem health and water quality issues in SEQ, and provides measures to
avoid or ameliorate the impacts of human activities on waterways under an adaptive
management framework. This Strategy has been developed with the understanding that to
manage water sustainably, it is necessary to address the total water cycle. This includes
managing water resources, land use, waterways, and water quality, to protect the significant
aquatic environmental values that underpin the economy, lifestyle and wellbeing of the region’s
residents;
• SEQ Natural Resource Management Plan (DERM, 2009b) - includes targets in regard to the
protection of SEQ’s natural resources. This Plan is the pre-eminent, non-statutory environment
and natural resource management plan for the region. It articulates measurable targets for the
condition and extent of environment and SEQ Regional Plan 2009–2031, and has been
prepared to provide baseline data and spatial information to complement and inform preparation
and review of the South East Queensland State of the Region Report;
• SEQ Regional Water Security Program (DNRM&E, 2006) - the legislative and policy
framework for water management in SEQ includes specification of a number of required (and
enforceable) programs and plans. The Regional Water Security Program is one of these. The
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
TWCM DRIVERS AND ISSUES 2-27
SEQ Regional Water Security Program is made by the Minister for Natural Resources, Mines &
Energy. It specifies, at a high level, how regional water security is to be achieved. A Regional
Water Security Program for SEQ was adopted on 13 November 2006, providing for the
construction of significant infrastructure; and
• Draft SEQ Climate Change Management Plan (DIP, 2009a) - includes draft actions to
implement the climate change policies of the SEQ Regional Plan. The proposed actions will help
to make future development, infrastructure and communities in SEQ more resilient to the
possible impacts of climate change and help reduce regional greenhouse gas emissions to
support international, national and Queensland Government mitigation policies.
The relationship that these planning documents have to each other in the water planning context is
presented in Figure 2-9.
Figure 2-9 Policy and Planning Framework for Total Water Cycle Management in SEQ
(Source: QWC Sub-regional TWCM Framework)
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
TWCM DRIVERS AND ISSUES 2-28
In summary, the drivers which have been identified as being influential in terms of TWCM planning in
MBRC can be summarised as follows:
Population growth – it is estimated that population growth will remain strong in SEQ and in certain
parts of MBRC in particular (e.g. Northern Growth Corridor). This additional population growth will
need to be considered in terms of additional resources and infrastructure required along with
additional pressures on environmental values. Future scenarios will require detailed analysis of where
the population growth will occur, how it will occur (i.e. population densities), and the additional inputs
and outputs into the water accounting equation;
Water supply – despite the ‘water supply guarantee’ outlined in the SEQ Water Strategy, it is evident
that security of water supply in the MBRC area is a driver of the TWCM planning process. When
developing the TWCM Plan for MBRC, these water supply sources and their future security will need
to be considered. It will also be important to investigate other potential sources of potable water in the
region (such as recycled water and stormwater harvesting) so that reliance on the current, largely
catchment runoff-based sources is diversified;
Environmental flows – environmental flow objectives for a number of waterways in MBRC are
contained in the Water Resource (Moreton) Plan 2007. The consequence of having to maintain
environmental flow objectives in these waterways can potentially adversely impact on the available
water supply and associated harvestable yield in the region. If water storages are required to release
a certain amount of water to downstream reaches, this can reduce yields. Combine this with the
potential impacts of climate change and increasing population on water supplies, and it is evident that
the TWCM planning process will need to account for environmental flow requirements in any future
water accounting scenarios to ensure that storage yields are properly determined;
Climate change – in SEQ, it is estimated that climate change may impact on future water supplies.
This impact may potentially result in a 10% reduction in surface water supply/yield, and it is therefore
essential that this impact is considered in any future scenarios from a water supply perspective. This
also places emphasis on the need for the investigation of other sources of water which are less
susceptible to climate change impacts, given the current reliance on surface water supplies in the
region;
Water conservation – water savings targets have been set in the SEQ Regional Plan in order to
reduce residential and non-residential water demand. While the TWCM Plan may include solutions
for additional water supplies, it is essential that water conservation maintains a continued focus in
order to minimise inefficient water use. This may delay or eliminate the need for future water
infrastructure upgrades, such as desalination plants, and also contributes to wastewater flow/load
reduction targets;
Wastewater management – the key driver in terms of wastewater management is the current need
for STPs to comply with legislative requirements of the Environmental Protection Act 1994 and the
EPP Water while also accommodating for future development and growth within MBRC. In order to
achieve this, sustainable pollutant loads for receiving waterways (i.e. the annual pollutant load that
waterways can assimilate without exceeding concentration based WQOs) will need to be quantified
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
TWCM DRIVERS AND ISSUES 2-29
and inputs from wastewater will need to be considered along with other inputs (i.e. diffuse loads) in
the context of Total Water Cycle Management.
Additionally, Council’s commitment to the SEQ Healthy Waterways Strategy 2007 - 2012, and
specifically the Point Source Pollution Management Action Plan - which has a target to prevent 100%
of nutrient point sources from entering Moreton Bay by 2026 - is another key driver;
Water quality - the key water quality drivers in terms of water quality are: to meet regulatory
requirements of the EP Act 1994 and EPP Water 2009 which prescribe the development of a TWCM
Plan and to achieve WQOs to protect Environmental Values; to meet commitments of the SEQ
Healthy Waterways Strategy 2007-2012, which aims to achieve waterways and catchments that are
healthy ecosystems supporting the livelihoods and lifestyles of people in SEQ by 2026; meet targets
set in the SEQ Natural Resources Management Plan that are aligned with desired regional outcomes
and policies for Water Management in the SEQ Regional Plan; and to implement planning and
management of urban stormwater to comply with the design objectives as set out in the SEQ
Regional Plan 2009-2031 Implementation Guideline No. 7: Water Sensitive Urban Design, as well as
management of urban stormwater and waste water to comply with the SPA (2009) and State
Planning Policy for Healthy Waters (effective 28 February 2011).
Considering the current condition of waterways, and the future population growth and development
pressures in the region, existing water quality pressures on receiving waters in the region are likely to
significantly increase. These are key challenges that will need to be addressed in the TWCM planning
process.
Water quantity (flooding) - the TWCM planning process will need to consider flooding impacts when
developing management solutions. There should be no increase in flooding risk from any of the
solutions developed, and ideally the target should be to decrease the flooding risk in each catchment
as well as downstream impacts, where possible;
Water industry institutional arrangements - a recent water industry reform has resulted in the
formation of a new water distribution and retail business serving the needs of both the Moreton Bay
and Sunshine Coast communities. This new entity is called Unitywater and commenced operations
on 1 July 2010. Any implications associated with the establishment of this new entity and the
functional responsibility split between MBRC and Unitywater will need to be considered in the TWCM
Plan. Unitywater will be the responsible organisation for delivering many of the water cycle solutions
developed for the TWCM Plan and a foreshadowed amendment to the EPP Water will require MBRC
to seek the endorsement of the TWCM Plan by the local Water Distribution Retailer; and
Protection of environmentally sensitive areas - a number of areas have been identified within
MBRC which are environmentally sensitive and require protection from adverse environmental
stressors. These areas are important environmental assets, on both a local and regional scale. One
outcome from the TWCM planning process will be the development of measures which minimise
existing and future environmental impacts on these areas.
Legislative and Policy Drivers - the various legislation and policy which are relevant in the context
of TWCM planning include the following:
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
TWCM DRIVERS AND ISSUES 2-30
• State Planning Policy for Healthy Waters (SPP for Healthy Waters, effective 28 February 2011);
• SEQ Regional Plan 2009-20031 Implementation Guideline No. 7: Water Sensitive Urban Design;
In addition to the key drivers discussed in the previous section, the following drivers are also
important and will be an integral part of the detailed phase of the TWCM planning process:
Infrastructure Timing and Cost Optimisation - the extensive investment in the upgrades to STPs,
stormwater management and water supply source augmentation required over the next 5 to 10 years
will place significant financial pressures upon the owners of that infrastructure. The TWCM Plan will
assist with determining the most cost effective means of providing that infrastructure (in a triple
bottom line way) and determine anticipated timing of expenditure and look at options that may result
in deferral or elimination of significant capital costs.
Areas and Standards of Service - the need to increase recycling of water has been established,
however the need to determine how much and where this is to occur and to make appropriate
changes to planning provisions is required.
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
WATER ACCOUNTING 3-1
3 WATER ACCOUNTING
A key step in the TWCM planning process is to develop water accounts for a defined area. These
water accounts attempt to quantify, as much as practical, the inputs and outputs of water in the water
cycle, and to identify where water related issues, such as water shortages and water quality impacts,
may exist currently and in the future (i.e. 2031).
Figures representing the existing and future water accounting results for each catchment are included
in Appendix C (existing) and Appendix D (future).
For water accounting purposes, the MBRC region was split into 14 catchments. These catchments
were delineated based on major drainage basins to be consistent with catchment delineation as per
the MBRC Regional Floodplain Database, and also to be consistent with catchment modelling
undertaken concurrently for MBRC.
Key characteristics of each of the 14 catchments is summarised in Table 3-1. These key
characteristics, including environmentally sensitive areas, are also presented in Figure 3-1.
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
WATER ACCOUNTING 3-2
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
WATER ACCOUNTING 3-4
This section presents the methodology used to develop the current water accounts (i.e. 2010).
For each of the 14 catchments, water cycle accounting was undertaken by quantifying each of the
following elements:
• Rainfall – accounts for all rainfall on the catchment, based on catchment area and average
annual rainfall;
• Evapotranspiration – volume of water evaporating from the ground and surface waters, along
with transpiration losses from vegetation;
• Groundwater drainage loss – volume of water lost out of the system in the form of groundwater
infiltration. This water does not flow back into surface waters;
• Rural extractions – volume of water extracted from both surface water and groundwater for
irrigation and stock watering purposes;
• Reticulated water yield – volume of potable water available in each catchment from surface
water and groundwater storages, and also from the SEQ Water Grid;
• Reticulated water demand – residential and non-residential reticulated water demand within
reticulated water network catchments.
• Exported reticulated water – volume of reticulated water exported out of the catchment in trunk
water infrastructure (i.e. SEQ Grid);
• Imported reticulated water – volume of reticulated water imported into the catchment;
• Reticulated network leakage (non-revenue water) – volume of water lost from reticulated
network infrastructure due to leakage;
• Stormwater discharges – surface runoff and groundwater (baseflow) entering receiving waters;
• Wastewater discharges – volume of wastewater discharged from STPs into receiving waters;
and
• Recycled water – wastewater treated at STPs and recycled back into the water network (e.g.
through third pipe systems) as a substitute for potable water in some uses.
The methodology for calculating each of the above elements is included in the following sections.
3.2.1.1 Rainfall
Rainfall volume was calculated for each catchment using catchment area multiplied by the average
annual rainfall for the MBRC region sourced from gridded SILO data (DNRW, 2009), for the period
January 1980 to October 2009. Annual rainfall totals from the SILO data are depicted in Figure 3-2.
Average annual rainfall for the MBRC region is 1,405 mm/year.
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
WATER ACCOUNTING 3-5
3000
Annual Rainfall (mm)
Average Rainfall (mm/yr)
2500 3 Year Moving Average Rainfall (mm)
2000
Rainfall (mm)
1500
1000
500
0
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
Figure 3-2 SILO Rainfall Data and Trend
Pollutant concentrations for rainfall were sourced from studies conducted in regard to pollutants in
road runoff and rainfall (WBM, 2003), which were also used as inputs into a catchment model
developed concurrently for MBRC (BMT WBM, 2010). These pollutant concentrations for rainfall are
0.4 mg/L for total nitrogen and 0.006 mg/L for total phosphorus.
Assumptions:
• That each catchment experiences the same average annual rainfall per year; and
• Rainfall volumes for 2010 are similar to the average annual rainfall for the period 1980 – 2009.
3.2.1.2 Evapotranspiration
To calculate the volume of water lost out of each catchment through evapotranspiration, initially
potential evapotranspiration (PET) data was sourced from gridded SILO data (DNRW, 2009), for the
period January 1980 to October 2009. Annual PET totals from the SILO data are depicted in Figure
3-3. This gives an annual average PET for the MBRC region of 1,490 mm/yr.
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
WATER ACCOUNTING 3-6
1600
Annual PET (mm)
Average PET (mm/yr)
1550 3 Year Moving Average PET (mm)
1500
1450
PET (mm)
1400
1350
1300
1250
1200
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
Figure 3-3 SILO PET Data and Trend
As can be seen, the average annual PET (1,490 mm/yr) is higher than the average annual rainfall
(1,405 mm/yr). This is due to PET relating to the potential of the atmosphere to remove water from
the catchment assuming no control on water supply. Therefore, for each catchment, the actual
evapotranspiration (i.e. the quantity of water actually removed from the catchment due to evaporation
and transpiration) was estimated.
To achieve this, the input into each catchment from rainfall was balanced with outputs such as runoff
and groundwater drainage loss, to give an estimation of actual evapotranspiration. This resulted in an
actual evapotranspiration volume below the average annual PET and which varied in each catchment
between 810 mm/yr and 1,130 mm/yr.
Water lost out of each catchment through groundwater infiltration and drainage loss was calculated
as being the equivalent to 1.5% of annual rainfall. This figure was based on modelling studies
undertaken in Australia which modelled deep drainage of groundwater (i.e. water moving to below the
root zone). The studies concluded that groundwater deep drainage coefficients (i.e. modelled
average annual deep drainage as a percentage of average annual rainfall) range between 1.5% and
1.8% (National Water Commission, 2010). The lower figure of 1.5% was utilised for water accounting
purposes in each catchment.
Assumptions:
• It is assumed that the groundwater drainage loss (1.5% of annual rainfall) includes the
component of groundwater infiltration that drains into aquifers as groundwater recharge, and is
effectively lost to the system. Groundwater that eventually flows into surface waters is included in
the stormwater discharges component of the water cycle account; and
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
WATER ACCOUNTING 3-7
• The deep drainage coefficient assumes that soil types and drainage characteristics are
consistent throughout all catchments in the MBRC region, and also consistent with other areas
along the eastern seaboard of Australia.
To determine approximate volumes of water extracted from groundwater and surface water sources
for rural applications in each catchment, water licence data was sourced from the Department of
Environment and Resource Management (DERM).
The water licence data contains details regarding the location of rural water extraction points and the
irrigation area in hectares. Based on data from recent surveys of water use on Queensland farms
(ABS, 2010), an average irrigation application rate of 4.0 ML/ha was used to calculate the
approximate volume of water extracted for rural applications in each catchment.
Using this methodology, the volume of water currently extracted and used in rural applications is
presented in Table 3-2.
Assumptions:
• The application rate of 4.0 ML/ha assumes that all water extracted for rural purposes is used
predominantly for irrigation.
The reticulated water yield was calculated for each catchment, which includes in-catchment raw
water yield from surface water storages, groundwater storages, recycled water from STPs, and
rainwater tanks, along with imported reticulated water. While rainwater tanks are not part of the
reticulated water network, they supplement water from the reticulated water network so were factored
into the calculations.
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
WATER ACCOUNTING 3-8
To calculate raw water yield from surface water and groundwater storages, production data for water
treatment plants (WTPs) in the MBRC region was provided by Unitywater. This included daily
production data for the previous 12 month period, with the average daily production volume being
utilised in the water yield calculations.
Water supply data for the Northern Pipeline Interconnector (NPI), which is part of the SEQ Water Grid
and supplies water from Barron Pocket Dam on the Sunshine Coast to the MBRC region, was
provided by Linkwater and the SEQ Grid Manager. The NPI supplies water to the Caboolture
catchment via the Elimbah and Morayfield reservoirs, the Burpengary catchment via the Narangba
reservoir, and also gets distributed to other catchments via inflow into the North Pine Dam water
treatment plant.
Rainwater tank yields were estimated by first determining the number of people in each catchment
using a GIS demand model. This model, developed by Unitywater, contains the population in
equivalent persons (EP) allocated to each lot in the MBRC region from 2010 through to 2031
(Unitywater, 2009 and 2010).
To determine the volume of water used in rainwater tanks, a number of general assumptions were
used in the calculations as follows:
• The uptake of rainwater tanks currently in the MBRC region is assumed to be approximately
25% (based on pers. comm. A Sloan, 26 July 2010);
• 2% of these tanks are plumbed internally, the remainder are used for outdoor gardening only
(based on pers. comm. A Sloan, 26 July 2010);
• Indoor reticulated water savings for internally plumbed tanks is 76 L/day (based on Water by
Design, 2009); and
Table 3-3Table 3-3 presents a summary of the catchment raw water yield, imported water, and
overall reticulated water yield for each catchment.
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
WATER ACCOUNTING 3-9
Reticulated Water Yield (GL/yr)
Catchment Catchment Raw Water Yield Imported Water
Surface Ground- Rainwater Recycled From other
NPI
Water water Tanks Water catchments
Brisbane Coastal 0 0 0.08 0 2.4 0
Byron Creek 0 0 0 0 0 0
Neurum Creek 0 0 0 0 0 0
Sideling Creek 5.46 0 0 0 0 0
Lower Pine River 0 0 0.32 1.01 9.8 0
Upper Pine River 23.3 0.14 0.01 0 0 4.4
Stanley River 0.67 0 0.01 0 0 0
Assumptions:
• All WTPs are assumed to be operational and producing water at a constant volume based on
average daily production figures derived from previous 12 months of data. It should be noted that
Woodford WTP was out of operation for a number of months and was sourcing water from the
Caboolture catchment (pers comm. Greg Marriot, Unitywater), however this was not accounted
for in the current accounts; and
• All water not used within MBRC is assumed to be exported to Brisbane via the Aspley reservoir.
Similar to rainwater tank yield estimations (section 3.2.1.5 above), reticulated water demand was
calculated in each catchment through the use of a GIS demand model developed by Unitywater. This
model provides an estimation of the population in equivalent persons (EP) allocated to each lot in the
MBRC region from 2010 through to 2031 (Unitywater, 2009 and 2010).
The base unit of demand allocation is an equivalent person (EP). For residential A, residential B and
rural residential demand allocation, one EP is considered equal to one person. For non-residential
demand allocation, one EP is defined as a person using the same amount of water as a person living
in an equivalent tenement (ET) which has an area between 500 to 1,000 m2 (Unitywater, 2010).
Using the estimates of EP in each catchment derived from the GIS demand model, water demand
figures were initially calculated using an assumed water usage of 375 L/EP/day (which includes
residential use, non-residential use and system losses). This water usage is based on planning
assumptions included in the SEQ Regional Plan and the SEQ Water Strategy. The SEQ Water
Strategy includes a planning assumption for residential water demand only of 230 L/person/day, with
375 L/person/day for total urban water demand from the grid (QWC, 2010).
However, when these water demand figures were compared to the actual water production data for
the previous 12 months in the MBRC region, it was discovered that the water demand figures were
over-estimating water usage. To rectify this, the assumed water usage (i.e. 375 L/EP/day) was
modified so that water demand figures better matched water production data. This was achieved by
assuming that water demand management in the MBRC region (including water savings devices,
behavioural change, improved industrial water efficiency, etc) results in a reduction in water usage of
approximately 90 L/EP/day, giving a current water usage of 285 L/EP/day.
G:\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
WATER ACCOUNTING 3-10
Assumptions:
• Water use per EP is assumed to be 285 L/EP/day. This is based on the SEQ Regional Plan
planning assumption of 375 L/EP/day minus the water demand management adjustment (90
L/EP/day). This water usage includes residential, non residential and system losses;
• The unknown variable in the water balance calculations is the volume of water exported to
Brisbane. Therefore, the balance of water production data to water demand estimates assumes
that water exported to Brisbane accounts for 0.75% (250 ML/yr) of total water production from
North Pine Dam and Lake Kurwongbah; and
• Water demand figures are derived from the GIS demand model with associated assumptions
including, for example: population growth rates (slightly higher than medium series PIFU
projections); occupancy rates for residential dwellings; adopted demand for proposed greenfield
development sites; and demand assumptions for non-residential users. For further details refer to
Unitywater (2009 and 2010).
With reticulated water trunk infrastructure (including the SEQ Water Grid infrastructure) forming a
network across the catchments, potable water is allowed to flow between catchments depending on
where the water demand is.
This flow of water was quantified by examining where the water is supplied from, combined with
where the water demand is across all catchments with a reticulated water network. Water supply data
and water demand figures, as discussed in Sections 3.2.1.5 and 3.2.1.6 above, were used in this
process.
The volume of reticulated water exported out of each catchment was determined in catchments
where the reticulated water yield was greater than the reticulated water demand (e.g. Upper Pine and
Sideling Creek - comprising North Pine Dam and Lake Kurwongbah respectively). Furthermore,
catchments which supply adjacent catchments with reticulated water (e.g. Caboolture catchment
supplying Pumicestone and Bribie catchments) were identified and volumes of exported water
quantified accordingly.
G:\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
WATER ACCOUNTING 3-11
Assumptions:
• The water balance of reticulated water throughout the MBRC region assumes that water
exported to Brisbane accounts for 4% (1.3 GL/yr) of total water production from North Pine Dam
and Lake Kurwongbah. This figure corresponds to the volume of water remaining once water
demand in each catchment is accounted for.
The volume of reticulated water imported into each catchment was calculated using water demand
figures (from GIS demand model) and water production data. Where there was a deficit in water
supply in a catchment after all in-catchment sources (i.e. surface and groundwater storages,
rainwater tanks, and recycled water) were accounted for, this deficit was balanced out with imported
water from adjacent catchments and the SEQ water grid.
Most catchments in the MBRC region import reticulated water from North Pine Dam and Lake
Kurwongbah in the Upper Pine and Sideling Creek catchments respectively. A significant proportion
also gets imported from the SEQ water grid, specifically the Northern Pipeline Interconnector (NPI).
This pipeline, which supplies water from Baroon Pocket Dam on the Sunshine Coast to the MBRC
region, has a capacity of 65 ML/day. However, based on current data supplied by Linkwater and the
SEQ Grid Manager, this pipeline is currently supplying approximately 30 ML/day on average to the
MBRC region via reservoirs in the Caboolture and Burpengary catchments and directly into North
Pine Dam.
To determine where water is imported from in catchments with reticulated water supply deficits,
reticulated water trunk infrastructure mapping was examined. This provided an indication of the
extent of the reticulated water network, and water flow pathways. For example, this showed that the
Caboolture catchment was a supply hub for Pumicestone and Bribie catchments. Accordingly, the
Caboolture catchment requires more reticulated water imported from North Pine Dam and the SEQ
water grid to accommodate the additional demand from these adjacent catchments.
Once these reticulated water network linkages had been examined, the volume of bulk water
produced from North Pine Dam, Lake Kurwongbah and the NPI was distributed throughout the
catchments with a reticulated water deficit. Based on current production data, this resulted in an
approximate volume of 33 GL/yr being distributed, with some water being exported to Brisbane.
Assumptions:
• As in section 3.2.1.7, the water balance of reticulated water throughout the MBRC region
assumes that water exported to Brisbane accounts for 4% (1.3 GL/yr) of total water production
from North Pine Dam and Lake Kurwongbah. This figure corresponds to the volume of water
remaining once water demand in each catchment is accounted for.
Reticulated network leakage, or non-revenue water, refers to water which leaks out of reticulated
water infrastructure. It is sometimes referred to as non-revenue water as the water does not reach the
consumer and therefore the consumer cannot be charged for its use.
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
WATER ACCOUNTING 3-12
In the water accounts, this water is assumed to be lost out of the system. Previous studies in the Pine
Rivers area have analysed non-revenue water data and determined that average non-revenue water
loss is 13% of total water production (MWH, 2009). Therefore, this figure of 13% was added to the
water demand figures (which already accounted for system losses) to derive a total water production
figure for each catchment. Using this total water production figure, reticulated network leakage was
then calculated as 13% of this number.
Assumptions:
• That reticulated network leakage across the entire MBRC region is consistent with previous
studies in the Pine Rivers area, which found non-revenue water loss at 13% of total water
production; and
• For the purposes of water accounting, it is assumed that all reticulated network leakage is lost
out of the system, and does not flow to groundwater or surface waters.
Stormwater discharges relate to surface runoff after rainfall events as well as groundwater flow (i.e.
baseflow) from both urban and rural land uses in each catchment. In the water accounts, these
stormwater discharges are represented by average annual flow volume and associated pollutant
loads into receiving waterways at the bottom of each catchment (e.g. the mouth of the Caboolture
River).
To quantify stormwater discharges, results of recent catchment modelling studies undertaken for the
MBRC region were utilised. This involved the use of a ‘Source Catchments’ model developed for
MBRC (BMT WBM, 2010), which also used a similar catchment delineation (i.e. 14 catchments). This
catchment model was calibrated to existing flow and water quality data sourced from the Department
of Environment and Resource Management (DERM) gauging stations.
In the catchment model, the modelled stormwater discharges also included wastewater discharges
from sewage treatment plants (STPs), although these wastewater discharges were separated out in
the water accounts, and are discussed further in section 3.2.1.11.
The volume of water extracted from surface water storages (e.g. North Pine Dam) was also
incorporated into the catchment model. Consequently, modelled stormwater discharge is the
stormwater runoff after accounting for water harvested from large surface water storages.
Pollutants modelled in the ‘Source Catchments’ model include total suspended solids (TSS), total
nitrogen (TN), and total phosphorus (TP). As inputs into the system, pollutant concentrations for
rainfall were sourced from previous studies which found that typical concentrations of TN and TP in
rainfall are 0.4 mg/L and 0.006 mg/L respectively (WBM, 2003).
Flows and pollutant loads for each catchment are presented in Table 3-4.
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
WATER ACCOUNTING 3-13
Wastewater generated by each Sewage Treatment Plant within Moreton Bay Regional Council was
estimated using data provided by UnityWater. Where available, data recorded during 2009 was used
to estimate the current annual wastewater discharged from each STP. Where this data was
unavailable, wastewater discharge from each STP was estimated using predicted 2010 EPs
(Equivalent Persons) provided by UnityWater and typical wastewater generation assumptions
outlined below. A summary of current wastewater discharges for each STP is detailed in Table 3-5.
Equivalent Discharge
Catchment STP
Persons (EP) (ML/yr)
Stanley Woodford 2,115 136
Bribie Bribie Is 21,000 1,975
Burpengary East 43,500 3,563
Caboolture
South Caboolture 45,000 2,956
Upper Pine Dayboro 1,438 0
Murrumba Downs 95,000 7,121
Lower Pine
Brendale 40,000 2,340
Hays Redcliffe 66,000 5,184
Total Wastewater Discharge 23,275
Note: Bribie Island STP discharges to groundwater, establishing a groundwater divide that prevents saltwater intrusion to the
waters used for the WTP.
Existing 2009 data on the quality of wastewater effluent discharged from each STP was also used to
estimate current pollutant loads discharged to receiving waters (based on wet and dry weather flows).
Where no records of existing water quality were available, existing concentrations were based on
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
WATER ACCOUNTING 3-14
design performance standards of the STP. Pollutant loads for Total Nitrogen (TN), Total Phosphorus
(TP) and Total Suspended Solids (TSS) were estimated using the following method:
The adopted effluent concentrations for each STP, based on existing data or alternatively design
treatment standards (where no data exists) is summarised in Table 3-6, and the resulting pollutant
loads discharged by each STP is summarised in Table 3-7.
Table 3-7 Current 2010 Pollutant Loads Discharged to Waters (after reuse)
In estimating the annual pollutant loads and flows discharged to receiving waters from each STP,
reuse of effluent was also accounted for. The quantities of wastewater reused (i.e. recycled water)
were based on estimates provided in the project brief and are discussed further in Section 3.2.1.12.
It should be noted that although wastewater will be generated in each catchment, for the purposes of
establishing the current water balance and quantifying pollutant loads to receiving waters in each
catchment, wastewater has been accounted for in the particular catchment that effluent is discharged
within. Where more than one STP exists in a catchment, the sum of the flows and pollutant loads for
each STP has been calculated for that catchment (i.e. Caboolture South and Burpengary East STPs
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
WATER ACCOUNTING 3-15
both discharge to the Caboolture River in the Caboolture River Catchment, therefore the existing
catchment account for Caboolture reflects flows and pollutant loads for both STPs.)
Assumptions:
• Wastewater generation: Average Dry Weather Flow (ADWF) = 187 L/EP/day; and wastewater
discharge = 1.2 x ADWF;
• South Caboolture effluent discharge concentrations based on combined effluent from STP and
Advanced Water Treatment Plant;
• Wet weather overflows are not accounted for due to their highly variable nature and the difficulty
in accurately quantifying such flows and pollutant loads. However wet weather pollutant loads,
while locally significant, are not expected to significantly affect catchment pollutant loads, as they
make up a small proportion of total STP flows/pollutant loads; and
• Although Household Sewage Treatment Plants (HSTPs) and septic systems may have
significant localised impacts, pollutant loads are estimated to constitute a small proportion of total
catchment pollutant loads. Calculations demonstrating this are detailed in Appendix E.
Although estimates have been undertaken to quantify these pollutant loads, they are considered
conservative and have not been included in the catchment accounts due to the difficulty in
accurately estimating pollutants discharged to receiving waters.
Volumes of recycled water (i.e. reused wastewater) currently used at each STP have been accounted
for in each catchment based on estimated quantities provided in the project brief. These reuse
figures are presented in Table 3-8 below.
Pollutant loads have been estimated assuming the concentrations in Table 3-8 applied to the
volumes of recycled water used. As per wastewater discharges, the water account for flow volumes
and pollutant loads of recycled water have been assigned to those catchments that the STP would
normally discharge to. Recycled water flows and pollutant loads have been subtracted from STP
discharges to waterways as previously discussed (refer Section 3.2.1.11).
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
WATER ACCOUNTING 3-16
Assumptions:
• AWTP reuse from Murrumba Downs includes 3 ML/day (1,095 ML/yr) reuse to supply AMCOR
(current AWTP capacity 4 ML/day), plus an additional 1.8 ML/day (660 ML/yr) used for irrigating
golf courses;
• No discharge of effluent to surface waterways from Dayboro STP (100% land irrigation); and
• Approximately 108 ML/yr recycled water from Redcliffe STP used for irrigating golf course.
In the water accounting process, various constraints in the management of the water cycle in each
catchment were identified. These include:
• Storage yields – the annual yield of surface water and groundwater storages in each catchment,
which places an upper limit on the volume of water available for potable water supply;
• Water treatment plant capacity – the ability of infrastructure to treat and distribute potable water
from storages, which also places an upper limit on potable water supply in each catchment;
• Environmental flow targets – one component of these targets sets minimum average annual flow
volumes for a number of major waterways in the MBRC region which potentially limits the
volume of water that can be extracted from these waterways;
• Sustainable loads – these targets limit the pollutant loads that can sustainably be discharged into
receiving waters while meeting water quality objectives; and
• Sewage treatment plant (STP) capacity – the design and licence capacities of STPs place a limit
on the discharges from STPs, and consequently limits the population able to be serviced by each
STP.
While assessments have been undertaken which quantify annual yields from water supply storages
(refer to the SEQ Regional Water Security Program - DNRM&E, 2006), to date there is no information
available in regard to their sustainable yields. Determination of sustainable yields would require
issues such as environmental flow objectives and conjunctive use arrangements to be taken into
account. The SEQ Water Strategy (QWC, 2010) indicates that the sustainable yield of the Brisbane
groundwater aquifers, including Bribie Island and Dayboro borefields, are currently being determined.
It should be noted that potable water on Bribie Island is currently sourced from the northern
groundwater aquifer. Information sourced from the SEQ Grid Manager indicates that a sustainable
yield of 1.6 GL/yr has been estimated for this aquifer, with water being treated by the Banksia Beach
WTP. A southern aquifer exists, however the WTP associated with this aquifer (Woorim WTP) is not
currently operational. If both borefields were operational, Bribie Island would be a net exporter of
potable water. However, due to the Woorim WTP being shut down, Bribie Island currently requires
additional water imported from the Caboolture catchment.
G:\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
WATER ACCOUNTING 3-17
yields were based on water allocation figures included in Resource Operations Plans and presented
in the SEQ Water Strategy (QWC, 2010). These figures were also confirmed by the SEQ Water Grid
Manager.
Storage yields for surface water and groundwater storages in the MBRC are presented in Table 3-9.
Assumptions:
• Annual storage yields are assumed to be the same as the water allocation figures (i.e. volumetric
water entitlement) included in the SEQ Water Strategy (QWC, 2010); and
• The Bribie Island annual storage yield is based on a sustainable yield from Banksia Beach
Borefields of 1,576 ML/annum.
Water treatment plant (WTP) capacity figures were derived from a number of sources, including
SEQWater, Unitywater, and the SEQ Water Grid Manager, and are presented in Table 3-10.
It should be noted that the WTP capacity is a nominal capacity. Treatment plant capacity at any given
time is dependent on a number of factors, such as raw water quality, scheduled maintenance and
SEQWater rostering.
Assumptions:
• That WTP capacity is constant throughout the year, at the nominal capacity rate.
Environmental flow objectives are set in the Water Resource (Moreton) Plan 2007. While these
objectives are expressed as low flow, medium and high flow objectives, for the purposes of water
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
WATER ACCOUNTING 3-18
accounting the mean annual flow objectives were used. These objectives are expressed as a
percentage of the mean annual flow for the pre-development flow volume. Pre-development flows are
defined as flows modelled as if there were no dams or other water infrastructure, and no water was
extracted under water authorisations. Mean annual flow must be at least the following percentage of
pre-development flow at the following specified nodes:
• South Pine River at confluence with North Pine River – 81% of pre-development flows.
Pre-development flows are typically quantified using DERM’s Integrated Quantity and Quality
Modelling (IQQM) computer program. However, for the purpose of water accounting, pre-
development flows were estimated using the Model for Urban Stormwater Improvement
Conceptualisation (MUSIC).
By using the mean annual environmental flow objectives and the estimated pre-development flows,
an environmental flow constraint was identified in each relevant catchment. Peak flow environmental
flow targets were not considered in this phase of the study, however they play an important role in the
management of waterway health and should be investigated further as part of phase 2 (detailed
planning).
Environmental flows and modelled pre-development and stormwater flows are discussed further in
section 4.3 and presented in Table 4-4.
Assumptions:
• In determining pre-development flows using MUSIC, catchment areas were modelled using
forested nodes, which assumes that pre-development not only relates to no water infrastructure
in place, but also no urban development in the catchment; and
• Environmental flow objectives have been based on mean annual environmental flow targets.
While it is noted that low flow and high flow objectives have been set and are important to
quantify, it was beyond the scope of this phase of the study to determine these objectives.
Review of existing information indicates that limited studies have been undertaken to date to quantify
sustainable loads for receiving waters. Current estimates of sustainable loads in the catchment are
detailed in Table 3-11.
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
WATER ACCOUNTING 3-19
Pine River
6060 t/yr 135 18.3
Estuary 2
1 2
Source DERM (1998) Source BMT WBM (2008)
The sustainable load target of 75 kg/day (27 t/yr) is believed to have been set in 1998 by DERM,
however the original source of this study cannot be located. Therefore the reliability and assumptions
around this figure cannot be appropriately assessed. It is noted that a receiving water quality model
(RWQM) exists for the Caboolture River Estuary that was previously used to investigate management
strategies targeting point sources (BMT WBM, 2007). Although scenarios investigated in this study
did not meet water quality objectives (and hence sustainable loads), this model can be used as a
basis to quantify sustainable load targets for the Caboolture River Estuary in the next stage of this
study (detailed planning phase).
The sustainable load estimates for the Pine River Estuary (BMT WBM, 2008) are based on pollutant
load modelling from an area approximating the Upper Pine, Lower Pine, Sideling Creek and Hays
Inlet catchments in the current study. In order to estimate the sustainable load targets for each
catchment separately, the sustainable load estimate for the Pine River Estuary has been
proportioned among the catchments based on the total land area. The resulting sustainable load
targets for these catchments using this methodology are summarised in Table 3-12. It should be
noted that these targets are indicative only, and further investigation to verify sustainable load targets
will be required in the detailed planning phase (Phase 2) of this study.
Table 3-12 Sustainable Load Target Estimates for Catchments Draining to Pine River
Estuary
Catchment Area (ha) % of Study Approximate Sustainable Load Target (t/yr)
Area1 TSS TN TP
Upper Pine 34,890 46% 2781 62 8.4
Lower Pine 28,280 37% 2254 50 6.8
Sideling 5,267 7% 420 9 1.3
Hays 7,599 10% 606 13 1.8
Total 76,036 100% 6060 135 18.3
1
Refers to the approximate proportion of catchment area modelled in the sustainable loads study for the Pine River Estuary
(BMT WBM, 2008). This has been used to estimate the proportion of sustainable loads from each catchment.
The current design capacity for each STP (in Equivalent Persons (EP)) has been sourced from
information provided by UnityWater. The design capacity indicates the current treatment capacity of
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
WATER ACCOUNTING 3-20
the plant, which may not be the same as the STP’s licenced capacity. The Design capacity is an
important constraint to consider as it can be used to give an indication of the likely timing and extent
of works (and hence expenditure) required for STP infrastructure upgrades to accommodate future
population growth.
Assumptions:
• For Bribie Island STP, the design EP has been estimated using information on the design
treatment flow, and using wastewater generation assumptions (as detailed below); and
• Wastewater generation: ADWF = 187 L/EP/day; and wastewater discharge = 1.2 x ADWF.
The current licence capacity for STPs within Moreton Bay Regional Council is summarised in Table
3-14. The existing licence capacity is important as new development approvals will be required for
works that require STPs to upgrade above the licenced capacity. Due to anticipated stringent future
environmental requirements, these upgrades may be cost prohibitive.
All STP licences, apart from Murrumba Downs, are licenced based around Equivalent Persons.
Murrumba Downs, however, has licence conditions based on pollutant loads. Therefore the licence
conditions for Murrumba Downs has been summarised separately in Table 3-15.
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
WATER ACCOUNTING 3-21
Future STP licences issued by DERM are anticipated to be based around annual load limits in
addition to volumetric discharges. It is noted that Unitywater is currently considering an offer by
DERM to convert the STP licence for South Caboolture to a load limit approach as well. The current
DERM offer is included in Table 3-15, however it should be noted that these conditions have not yet
been licenced.
This section presents the methodology used to develop the future water accounts. These future water
accounts represent a 2031 future scenario and were developed assuming that development and
water cycle management practices would follow a ‘business as usual’ (i.e. current practices) path.
This allowed water cycle issues to be identified (refer to Section 4) and management options to be
developed (refer to Section 5).
The water accounting elements for the future accounts are the same as the current accounts (Section
3.2), and the methodology used to quantify most of these elements is also the same. The elements
which differ from the current account are those that are impacted by increased development as a
result of population growth (e.g. wastewater discharges, water demand, etc). Other elements, such
as rainfall and evapotranspiration, are assumed to be consistent with current accounts.
The future water accounts also included assessment of potential growth associated with the
Caboolture Identified Growth Area (CIGA) in the Caboolture catchment. Therefore, to accommodate
this option, the future water accounts contain the ‘Caboolture catchment’ and the ‘Caboolture
catchment with CIGA’.
The following sections outline the methodology used to develop the future accounts (i.e. 2031).
3.3.1.1 Rainfall
Average annual rainfall volumes in 2031 were assumed to be the same as current accounts.
Although climate change predictions suggest that rainfall may be impacted by 2031, with the
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
WATER ACCOUNTING 3-22
uncertainty of the predictions it was assumed that rainfall volumes would remain relatively
unchanged.
Assumptions:
• Annual rainfall volumes in 2031 remain similar to current accounts, which are based on average
annual rainfall for the 29 years preceding 2010.
3.3.1.2 Evapotranspiration
Water lost out of the system due to evapotranspiration was assumed to remain unchanged from
current accounts. As with rainfall, climate change may potentially impact on potential
evapotranspiration rates, however with no firm data to base it on it was decided that
evapotranspiration would remain unchanged in the future accounts.
Assumptions:
Groundwater drainage loss remained unchanged from current accounts due to it being a function of
rainfall which remains the same.
Assumptions:
• Groundwater drainage loss remaining constant though to 2031 assumes that increased
development in some catchments would not impact to any significant level on groundwater
drainage loss. While this may not be the case, due to increased impervious areas, for the water
accounting exercise it was considered appropriate to simplify this element by making this
assumption.
Volume of water extracted for rural applications was assumed to remain unchanged in 2031. This is
due to the rural land use remaining relatively unchanged, hence the volume of rural water extractions
remaining constant.
Assumptions:
• Rural management practices, including irrigation rates, remain unchanged from current levels;
and
• In line with the ‘business as usual’ approach to future water accounting, no rural water is
supplemented by other sources such as recycled water.
For future accounts, reticulated water yield remained consistent with current accounts for the most
part. This assumed that surface and groundwater storages remained the same, while water imported
into the MBRC region via the NPI also remained the same as current accounts.
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
WATER ACCOUNTING 3-23
The only varying factors in the reticulated water yield calculations were rainwater tanks and recycled
water use at Murrumba Downs. Future recycled water use from Murrumba Downs STP was
assumed to increase to 8 ML/day as per required licenced reuse conditions.
Due to an increase in urban development as part of the future scenario, rainwater tank yields
increased based on an increased population and using the following assumptions:
• 55% uptake of rainwater tanks by 2031, which includes existing dwellings plus all new dwellings
as per requirements in the building code;
• 50% of tanks are plumbed internally, while 50% are only used for outdoor gardening
requirements; and
• All other rainwater tank assumptions, such as reticulated water savings, remained the same as
current accounts.
Table 3-16 presents the estimated rainwater tank yields for existing scenario (2010) and future
scenario (2031) based on the assumptions used.
Assumptions:
• That climate change does not significantly impact on storage yields. Although it has been
suggested that storage yields will decrease by 10%, with no definitive data it was deemed
appropriate to keep the storage yields consistent with current accounts. At any rate, the future
water accounts indicate that reducing surface water yields by 10% does not impact on the ability
to meet future water demand (refer to section 4.2 for further details); and
• Recycled water usage remains constant apart from Murrumba Downs (8 ML/day reuse as per
licence conditions) which is consistent with the ‘business as usual’ approach.
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
WATER ACCOUNTING 3-24
3.3.1.6 Reticulated Water Demand
Reticulated water demand for future accounts was calculated in a similar manner as current
accounts, i.e. by using a GIS demand model developed by Unitywater. This model provides an
estimation of the population in equivalent persons (EP) allocated to each lot in the MBRC region in
2031.
Using the modelled future population estimates derived from the GIS demand model, water demand
was calculated using a water usage figure of 285 L/EP/day, consistent with current accounts. Existing
and future water demand is discussed further in section 4.2 and modelled water demand figures for
each catchment are presented in Table 4-2.
Assumptions:
• Water use per EP, assumed to be 285 L/EP/day, remains constant through to 2031.This
assumes that water restrictions and water conservation measures remain the same and do not
affect average water usage in the future.
The methodology used to calculate exported reticulated water for future accounts was similar to that
used in the current accounts. The volume of exported water changed in response to increasing water
demand in each catchment.
Assumptions:
• This assumes that water exported to Brisbane remains the same as current accounts, i.e. 4%
(1.3 GL/yr) of total water production from North Pine Dam and Lake Kurwongbah. While
Brisbane will no doubt require more water due to increased population, it is assumed that
reticulated water there will be sourced internally or from other areas of the SEQ water grid.
The methodology used to calculate imported reticulated water for future accounts was similar to that
used in the current accounts. The volume of imported water changed in response to increasing water
demand in each catchment.
Assumptions:
• The increased volume of imported reticulated water assumes that trunk infrastructure has the
required capacity to cope with the additional volume;
• It is assumed that imported water from the Sunshine Coast via the NPI remains constant. While
there is extra capacity in this pipeline, it is assumed that growth in the Sunshine Coast region
would utilise this extra capacity; and
• It is assumed that all additional reticulated water required in the future accounts was sourced
from North Pine Dam and Lake Kurwongbah.
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
WATER ACCOUNTING 3-25
3.3.1.9 Reticulated network leakage
Reticulated network leakage was consistent with the methodology used in the current accounts, i.e.
derived by calculating 13% of the total water production in each catchment.
Assumptions:
Stormwater discharges for future accounts were quantified with the use of a Source Catchments
model. This model, developed for MBRC and utilised in the current accounts, was used to determine
stormwater flows and pollutant loads based on a 2031 future land use.
The modelled stormwater discharges also included a predicted increase in wastewater discharges
from sewage treatment plants (STPs) in 2031 (assuming a ‘business as usual’ approach). Similar to
current accounts, these wastewater discharges were separated out in the water accounts.
Table 3-17 presents the modelled stormwater discharges for the future scenario (2031).
Assumptions:
• Note stormwater modelling did not include 80% / 60% / 45% pollutant load removal for TSS, TN
and TP respectively for future development.
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
WATER ACCOUNTING 3-26
3.3.1.11 Wastewater discharges
Future (2031) wastewater generated by each STP within Moreton Bay Regional Council was
estimated using future EP predictions provided by UnityWater’s demand model. Assumptions on
typical wastewater generated by each EP are outlined below (refer assumptions). A summary of
predicted future 2031 wastewater discharges (and EP) calculated for each STP using the below
assumptions is detailed in Table 3-18. Table 3-18 includes a scenario for the Caboolture Catchment
that includes the Caboolture Identified Growth Area (CIGA).
Notes:
Bribie Island STP discharges to groundwater, establishing a groundwater divide that prevents saltwater intrusion to the waters
used for the WTP.
Discharge does not include wastewater that is reused (recycled water)
CIGA – Caboolture Identified Growth Area
Future predicted design treatment performance of STPs (incorporating upgrades in some instances)
and existing data on the quality of wastewater effluent (as per existing scenario) were used to
estimate future pollutant loads discharged to receiving waters. Pollutant loads for Total Nitrogen
(TN), Total Phosphorus (TP) and Total Suspended Solids (TSS) were estimated using the following
method:
The adopted effluent concentrations for each STP is summarised in Table 3-19, and the resulting
pollutant loads discharged by each STP is summarised in Table 3-20.
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
WATER ACCOUNTING 3-27
Table 3-20 Predicted 2031 Annual Pollutant Loads Discharged to Waters (after reuse)
In estimating the annual pollutant loads and flows discharged to receiving waters from each STP,
reuse of effluent was also accounted for. The quantities of wastewater reused (i.e. recycled water)
were based on estimates provided in the project brief and are discussed further in Section 3.3.1.12.
It should be noted that although wastewater will be generated in each catchment, for the purposes of
establishing the future water accounts and quantifying pollutant loads to receiving waters in each
catchment, wastewater has been accounted for in the particular catchment that effluent is discharged
within. Where more than one STP exists in a catchment, the sum of the flows and pollutant loads for
each STP has been calculated for that catchment.
Assumptions:
• Wastewater generation: ADWF = 187 L/EP/day; and wastewater discharge = 1.2 x ADWF;
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
WATER ACCOUNTING 3-28
• Zero discharge to surface waters at Dayboro STP. Existing wet weather storage dam and
irrigation areas have spare capacity to service current headworks area growth;
• Brendale STP loads assume expansion outside of headworks area and includes CSR land,
Strathpine Transport Oriented Development (TOD) and Albany Creek Redevelopment;
• Effluent concentrations are based on future treatment design standards where available (likely to
be conservative) or existing performance data;
• Wet weather overflows are not accounted for due to their highly variable nature and the difficulty
in accurately quantifying such flows and pollutant loads. However wet weather pollutant loads,
while locally significant, are not expected to significantly affect catchment pollutant loads, as they
make up a small proportion of total STP flows/pollutant loads; and
• Although Household Sewage Treatment Plants (HSTPs) and septic systems may have
significant localised impacts, pollutant loads are estimated to constitute a small proportion of total
catchment pollutant loads. Calculations demonstrating this are detailed in Appendix E.
Although estimates have been undertaken to quantify these pollutant loads, they have not been
included in the catchment accounts due to the difficulty in accurately estimating pollutants
discharged to receiving waters.
Volumes of future recycled water (i.e. reused wastewater) used at each STP have generally been
assumed to remain the same as existing quantities. The exception to this is Dayboro and Murrumba
Downs, where increased reuse has been assumed to satisfy licence conditions.
Pollutant loads have been estimated assuming the concentrations in Table 3-19 applied to the
volumes of recycled water used. As per wastewater discharges, the water account for flow volumes
and pollutant loads of recycled water have been assigned to those catchments that the STP would
normally discharge to. Recycled water flows and pollutant loads have been subtracted from STP
discharges to waterways as previously discussed (refer Section 3.2.1.11).
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
WATER ACCOUNTING 3-29
Assumptions:
• Future recycled water use assumed to be the same as existing (based on quantities provided by
Council / UnityWater) apart from Dayboro, which is assumed to irrigate 100% of effluent;
• 8 ML/day recycled water use from Murrumba Downs to meet licence conditions (Water 19 &
Water 20, refer to Appendix A);
• No discharge of effluent to surface waterways from Dayboro STP (100% land irrigation to meet
licence conditions); and
• Approximately 296 kL/day recycled water from Redcliffe STP used for irrigating golf course.
Catchment constraints in the future accounts are consistent with current accounts. This assumes that
the following catchments constraints remain unchanged:
• Storage yields;
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
WATER ACCOUNTING 3-30
During the water accounting process, a number of data gaps were identified which impacted on the
ability to accurately identify and quantify some water cycle issues in the catchments. Ideally, during
detailed planning (Phase 2) of the TWCM planning process, these data gaps will need to be
addressed in order to effectively assess recommended solution sets. These data gaps are discussed
briefly in the following sections.
Sustainable loads can be defined as the pollutant loads generated by a catchment (i.e. nutrients and
sediment) that a waterway can assimilate while maintaining good ecosystem health. It is important
to quantify sustainable load targets for catchments so that appropriate catchment management
strategies can be identified and assessed using these targets.
As identified in Section 3.2.2.4, limited information currently exists to reliably quantify sustainable load
targets for the catchments delineated within MBRC. Sustainable load targets derived from existing
studies are outlined in Table 3-11and Table 3-12. As noted previously, the sustainable load
estimates used for the current investigation are indicative only, and it is recognised that further
modelling and assessment is required to more accurately quantify sustainable pollutant loads.
Review of available information has indicated that receiving water quality models have been
developed for receiving estuaries and bays within the study region. These models, however, would
ideally need to be recalibrated to include wet weather events, and remodelled to specifically quantify
the sustainable pollutant loads generated from each contributing subcatchment. This would then be
used to assist in targeting management strategies at a catchment level.
Furthermore, it is noted that the existing receiving water quality models do not extend to freshwater
reaches of the catchments (hence sustainable loads in freshwater reaches have not been estimated
in the current study). Significant resources would be required to develop receiving water quality
models in freshwater reaches of the catchment to identify sustainable load targets in these waters.
While environmental flow targets have been set in the Water Resource (Moreton) Plan 2007, most of
these targets are set at the end of systems (i.e. river mouths) and are modelled flows. To better
understand and assess environmental flows in the major waterways in the MBRC region, it would be
beneficial to set additional targets higher up in the catchments. This would enable flow monitoring
data to be collected using flow gauging equipment, providing actual flow data as opposed to modelled
flow data.
Environmental flow analysis studies which assessed the flow regime required in each waterway in
order to maintain ecological health would also be beneficial.
With little in the way of environmental flow criteria, for the water accounting process undertaken in
this study, environmental flows were crudely assessed using MUSIC to determine pre-developed
flows in each relevant catchment. This was then compared to modelled catchment flows from a
‘Source Catchments’ model. While this provided some sort of preliminary indication as to where each
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
WATER ACCOUNTING 3-31
waterway was in terms of meeting environmental flow targets at the end of systems, further studies
and environmental flow data would provide a better indication of the health of waterways in the
MBRC region currently and in the future.
During the current investigation, there was limited information readily available to identify existing /
future flooding pressures within the catchments. Therefore, in order to identify where flooding issues
may occur, it was decided that catchments with large areas of urban development were more likely to
have potential flooding issues.
However, it should be noted that while TWCM Planning can be beneficial for flooding it may not
resolve broader issues of floodplain management. To address this, MBRC is developing a Floodplain
Management Plan in parallel with the TWCM Plan. This will be a companion document to the TWCM
Plan, and will include:
• Estimates of damage associated with flooding in the Moreton Bay region, based on Regional
Floodplain Database, Storm Tide Hazard Study and other investigations;
• Condition of the existing infrastructure and determination of future infrastructure needs in order to
manage flooding and to inform capital works program;
• Evacuation plans for high risk areas including vulnerable communities, and at-risk infrastructure
such as hospitals, schools, aged care facilities, etc.
It is envisaged that Phase 2 of the TWCM Plan (detailed planning phase) should be undertaken in
close consultation with the Floodplain Management Plan study to identify any opportunities to
integrate solutions as part of a total water cycle management approach. For example, opportunities
to investigate stormwater harvesting where there are flooding issues, or implement WSUD /water
quality treatment measures where inundated land may need to be reclaimed.
Water sensitive urban design (WSUD) devices were not accounted for in the water accounts due to a
lack of existing information on these devices. While MBRC has mapping data with the location and
type of some WSUD devices in the region, further information was not readily accessible in regard to
attributes such as size of device, upstream catchment area, and other design details.
Therefore, impacts of existing WSUD devices on water quality were not considered in the water
accounts. Nevertheless, when compared to the magnitude of other elements in the water accounts
(e.g. stormwater discharges), the impact of WSUD could be considered negligible due to the limited
number of WSUD devices in the MBRC region at present.
The capacity of wastewater and reticulated water trunk infrastructure was not considered in the water
accounting process. While it is assumed that this data exists, the complexity of assessing the
capacity of these networks was beyond the scope of work for this phase of the TWCM planning
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
WATER ACCOUNTING 3-32
process. The detailed planning phase will require a thorough assessment of network capacity to
determine whether certain solutions are feasible and whether upgrades are required.
Therefore, for the preliminary assessment of issues in the future water accounts, a major assumption
made was that wastewater and reticulated water infrastructure could cope with the additional volumes
resulting from population growth.
Figures representing existing and future water cycle accounts developed using the above
methodology are included in Appendix C (existing water accounts) and Appendix D (future water
accounts).
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
KEY WATER CYCLE MANAGEMENT ISSUES 4-1
Population growth predictions were derived from the GIS demand model (Unitywater, 2009 and
2010), which includes the population within reticulated water network catchments. Hence, these
population growth estimates predominantly relate to the urban population as rural areas are generally
not connected to the reticulated water network. Nevertheless, in line with the SEQ Regional Plan
2009-2031 (DIP, 2009b), most of the population growth is planned to be within a defined urban
footprint, so the urban population growth predictions developed using the GIS demand model
compare well to population growth predictions developed by the Planning Information and
Forecasting Unit (PIFU) for the MBRC region. This is demonstrated in Table 4-1, which includes the
population predictions for 2031 from the GIS demand model along with those from PIFU. This shows
that the GIS demand model predictions lie somewhere between the medium and high growth
scenario PIFU predictions.
In determining whether population growth was an issue in each catchment, the urban population
growth predictions were used as an initial indicator. In catchments where the urban population was
expected to increase by more than 20,000 people, population growth was flagged as an issue in that
catchment.
Additionally, if a catchment’s predicted growth was below 20,000 people but the percentage increase
was greater than 100% (i.e. doubling of population), then population growth was flagged as an issue.
The only catchment where this was relevant was the Stanley catchment, which includes the towns of
Woodford and D’Aguilar. This doubling of population in these towns would place significant pressures
on water cycle management, therefore by flagging this catchment as having a population growth
issue, solutions could be developed and assessed.
During solution assessment workshops (refer to section 5), it was decided that Pumicestone
catchment, despite not meeting the above criteria, should also be flagged as potentially having a
population growth issue. This is due to a proposed large industrial development planned for the
catchment which may place pressures on water cycle management.
Figure 4-1 provides an indication of population numbers in each catchment for 2010, 2031, and the
increase in population. Rural catchments - such as Mary River, Neurum Creek, and Byron Creek –
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
KEY WATER CYCLE MANAGEMENT ISSUES 4-2
are not included as they contain limited urban population and the rural population is not expected to
increase by any significant extent.
190,000
180,000 2010
170,000 2031
160,000
2010 - 2031 Increase
150,000
140,000
130,000
Urban Population Growth
120,000
110,000
100,000
90,000
80,000
70,000
60,000
50,000
40,000
30,000
20,000
10,000
0
e
l
k
e
A
ek
er
er
r
e
ta
le
e
e
ag
in
n
iff
IG
iv
iv
iv
s
re
In
re
la
P
cl
oa
ss
R
R
R
C
Is
C
C
ed
s
er
Pa
C
re
ay
ne
y
ith
ie
g
w
le
R
ar
lin
ltu
e
H
ib
w
Pi
Lo
an
e
an
ng
Br
de
oo
on
re
er
St
b
e
Si
ltu
ab
pp
is
rp
es
Br
oo
Bu
U
ic
ab
m
Pu
C
Therefore, using the above rationale, the following catchments were flagged as having population
growth issues:
• Caboolture • Redcliffe
• Burpengary • Pumicestone
• Hays Inlet
Water supply was considered an issue in catchments if future reticulated water demand could not be
met by existing water supplies. Through the water accounting process it was discovered that, even
though water demand significantly increases in the region, there is sufficient capacity in the existing
storages to accommodate this increase in demand.
To illustrate this, Table 4-2 provides a summary of reticulated water demand per catchment in 2010
and in 2031, based on GIS demand model results. This indicates that current demand is
approximately 47 GL/yr, and in 2031 this demand will be approximately 83 GL/yr (including CIGA) –
an increase of 36 GL/yr.
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
KEY WATER CYCLE MANAGEMENT ISSUES 4-3
Table 4-2 Modelled Existing and Future Water Demand per Catchment
Reticulated Water Demand
Catchment (GL/yr)
2010 2031 Increase
Caboolture with CIGA 8.7 22.7 14
Lower Pine 11.2 17.2 6
Hays Inlet 8.8 16.0 7.2
Redcliffe 6.3 9.6 3.3
Burpengary Creek 5.0 8.0 3
Brisbane Coastal 2.5 2.8 0.3
Bribie Island 2.2 2.9 0.7
Pumicestone Passage 1.2 1.4 0.2
Stanley River 0.7 1.2 0.5
Upper Pine River 0.3 0.5 0.2
Sideling Creek 0.2 0.4 0.2
Mary River 0.0 0.0 0
Neurum Creek 0.0 0.0 0
Byron Creek 0.0 0.0 0
Total 47.1 82.7 35.6
When compared to water storage data (current production, storage yields and WTP capacities) in
Table 4-3, it can be seen that there is potentially an extra 59 GL/yr of capacity which could easily be
used to accommodate the predicted increase in water demand in 2031 of 36 GL/yr. Furthermore,
even when a 10% reduction in surface water yields due to potential climate change impacts is
factored in, there is sufficient capacity to accommodate this increased future water demand.
It should be noted that this assumes that WTPs are able to realistically increase production up to their
nominated capacities and the associated trunk infrastructure can accommodate the increase in
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
KEY WATER CYCLE MANAGEMENT ISSUES 4-4
volume. This also assumes that demand for water from other areas, such as Brisbane, does not
increase.
While this indicates that water supply is not an issue, the Stanley catchment was identified as
potentially having water supply issues. This is due to Woodford and D’Aguilar being relatively isolated
and the water accounting process indicating that the Woodford Weir will be at or near capacity by
2031. While Woodford and D’Aguilar are potentially able to source water from Caboolture, it was
deemed prudent to flag this as an issue in this catchment to ensure these towns maintain a level of
self-sufficiency in terms of reticulated water into the future.
On a rudimentary basis, this indicates that water supply will not be an issue in the MBRC region
(notwithstanding the Stanley catchment). When the ‘water supply guarantee’ - as per the SEQ Water
Strategy (QWC, 2010) - is also taken into consideration, then it would seem appropriate to focus on
other higher priority water cycle management issues in the MBRC region.
Based on the pre-development mean annual flows modelled in MUSIC, environmental flows were
flagged as an issue in each relevant catchment when modelled catchment flows exceeded the mean
annual flow criteria set out in the Water Resource (Moreton) Plan 2007.
Table 4-4 includes a summary of environmental flow criteria locations, along with modelled minimum
flows (derived from MUSIC) and future modelled flows (derived from Source Catchments).
As indicated in Table 4-4, the only catchment with potential environmental flow issues is the Stanley
Catchment. All other catchments comply with the mean annual flow criteria, based on modelled mean
annual flow volumes.
It should be noted that the environmental flow criteria assessed only relate to mean annual flow
volumes, and do not consider environmental flow targets relating to peak flows.
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
KEY WATER CYCLE MANAGEMENT ISSUES 4-5
Climate change may potentially impact on a range of water cycle elements. This not only includes the
impact on water supply due to a decrease in rainfall and increase in evapotranspiration, but also the
potential impact on infrastructure from increased storm surges and sea level rise.
For the purposes of the TWCM Strategy however, assessment of climate change impacts on water
cycle management was limited to impacts on water supply. This is due to the vulnerability of regional
surface water storages to potential climate change impacts. Risk to infrastructure from storm surges
and sea level rise should be considered separately in other planning studies conducted by MBRC.
Therefore, climate change was only considered an issue in a catchment if there were potential issues
with water supply in the future. In this regard, the Stanley catchment was the only catchment with a
potential water supply issue and was thus the only catchment identified as having an issue related to
climate change. However, diversification of water supply should be an outcome of the TWCM
planning process for all catchments, in order to address any potential climate change impacts.
Water conservation was considered an issue in a catchment if there were also issues identified with
water supply. While water conservation measures are industry standard practice (being prescribed in
the building code), additional measures that go beyond standard practice could be implemented in a
catchment where potable water was predicted to be in short supply.
However, as mentioned previously, the only catchment with an identified issue with water supply was
the Stanley catchment, and hence is the only catchment identified as having a water conservation
issue. However, similar to climate change, water conservation is considered an important issue to be
addressed by the TWCM Plan for all catchments.
Sewage Treatment Plant (STP) capacity was identified as an issue in catchments where either the
design capacity or the licence capacity (in EP) were predicted to be exceeded.
A summary of the current loading status of STPs, the predicted future load treatment requirements
due to population growth and existing licence and design constraints of STPs (in EP) within MBRC is
detailed in Table 4-5. Instances where existing or future capacity is likely to be exceeded have been
highlighted in bold for ease of reference.
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
KEY WATER CYCLE MANAGEMENT ISSUES 4-6
Figure 4-2 illustrates the current loading of STPs with respect to current design and licence capacity
constraints.
Licence EP Capacity
140000 Current EP 140000
Design EP Capacity
120000 120000
Equivalent Persons (EP)
100000 100000
80000 80000
60000 60000
40000 40000
20000 20000
0 0
Burpengary East
Bribie Is
Murrumba Downs
Dayboro
Woodford
Brendale
Redcliffe
South Caboolture
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
KEY WATER CYCLE MANAGEMENT ISSUES 4-7
Figure 4-2 and Table 4-5 indicate the following STPs with design capacity issues within MBRC
catchments:
• Caboolture River Catchment - Caboolture South STP currently exceeds design capacity; and
Stanley and Caboolture South STPs are both scheduled for capacity upgrades prior to 2011 and
2018 respectively, while it is proposed that sewage from Brendale STP will be diverted to Luggage
Point STP (Kedron Brook Transfer Scheme) to defer upgrades until approximately 2016.
With regards to key future (2031) STP capacity management issues within MBRC, Figure 4-3 and
Figure 4-4 illustrate the predicted future loading of STPs with respect to current design and licence
capacity constraints. The STPs have been arranged in order of design/licence exceedance for ease
of reference. In both cases, the Caboolture CIGA scenario is expected to place the greatest
pressures on existing design capacity and licence requirements.
200000 200000
Future EP Design EP
180000 180000
160000 160000
Equivalent Persons (EP)
140000 140000
120000 120000
100000 100000
80000 80000
60000 60000
40000 40000
20000 20000
0 0
South Caboolture CIGA
Dayboro
Burpengary East
Woodford
Murrumba Downs
Bribie Is
Redcliffe
South Caboolture
Brendale
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
KEY WATER CYCLE MANAGEMENT ISSUES 4-8
200000 200000
Future EP Licence EP
180000 180000
160000 160000
Equivalent Persons (EP)
140000 140000
120000 120000
100000 100000
80000 80000
60000 60000
40000 40000
20000 20000
0 0
South Caboolture CIGA
Dayboro
Burpengary East
Woodford
Bribie Is
Murrumba Downs
Redcliffe
Brendale
South Caboolture
Figure 4-4 Future (2031) EP and Licence Capacity Constraints
It should be noted that the recently upgraded Murrumba Downs STP has had nutrient loads limits
imposed in its licence conditions in addition to volumetric flow constraints. Table 4-6 indicates the
future (2031) predicted discharge at the Murrumba Downs STP with respect to key licenced
discharge constraints. Future discharges predicted to exceeded licence limits are highlighted in bold.
From the above information, the following key future STPs capacity issues have been identified within
MBRC catchments:
• Caboolture River Catchment: South Caboolture and Burpengary East STPs predicted to exceed
both design and licence capacities;
• Lower Pine River Catchment: Brendale STP predicted to exceed both design and licence
capacities; Murrumba Downs STP predicted to exceed design capacity and licence limits for
volumetric discharge and Total Nitrogen;
• Stanley River Catchment: Woodford STP predicted to exceed both design and licence
capacities;
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
KEY WATER CYCLE MANAGEMENT ISSUES 4-9
• Upper Pine River Catchment: Dayboro STP predicted to exceed both design and licence
capacities; and
Those STPs predicted to exceed licence capacities present key management issues as development
approvals will be required to proceed with upgrades. Future development approvals and STP
licences are likely to licence nutrient load limits in addition to volumetric discharges (as done for
Murrumba Downs STP) in order to satisfy the intent of legislative requirements (EPP Water). To gain
these approvals, it is likely that significant treatment and/or reuse will be required. Council have also
committed to the SEQ Healthy Waterways Strategy 2007 - 2012, and specifically the Point Source
Pollution Management Action Plan - which has a target to prevent 100% of nutrient point sources
from entering Moreton Bay by 2026. The reuse of future predicted increases in STP discharge will
therefore be a key future management issue to be addressed.
Furthermore, the future increase in pollutant loads from STPs is significant and will place additional
pressures on the ecological health of receiving waters (should loads be discharged rather than
reused/treated), which are already under pressure as demonstrated by EHMP report card scores.
To determine whether water quality would be a potential issue in a catchment in the future, existing
water quality was assessed in each catchment along with likely potential future pressures. To achieve
this, a number of water quality related aspects were assessed concurrently, including:
• The existing water quality in the catchment and/or receiving bay, based on EHMP report card
scores;
• The existing and future pollutant loads from stormwater and STP discharges into receiving
waters;
• The MBRC water quality monitoring data, which provided an indication of water quality hotspots
which do not meet water quality objectives; and
• Whether the catchment contains or drains into a potable surface water storage.
The EHMP report card scores, as presented in Table 4-7, were used to assess the general water
quality of a catchment. A catchment was initially flagged with water quality issues if the existing score
did not meet a ‘C’ rating (fair) in receiving waters.
Diffuse (stormwater) and point source (STP) pollutant loads for each catchment were then examined
to determine the magnitude of pollutants being discharged into receiving waters both currently and in
the future. Stormwater pollutant loads were derived using the ‘Source Catchment’ modelling
program. Point source pollutant loads from STPs were derived for each catchment using anticipated
STP volumetric discharges and concentrations (detailed in Section 3.2.1.11 and 0). .Figure 4-5,
Figure 4-6, and Figure 4-7 present the pollutant loads generated in each catchment in regard to TSS,
TN and TP respectively. The figures are presented in order of the predicted magnitude of future
pollutant loads.
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
KEY WATER CYCLE MANAGEMENT ISSUES 4-10
14000
13000
12000
11000
10000
Total Suspended Solids (t/yr)
9000
8000
2010
7000 2031
2010 - 2031 Increase
6000
5000
4000
3000
2000
1000
0
al
ne
ry
A
re
ne
ek
ne
n
k
y
ie
e
ay
le
ee
ar
ro
iff
IG
st
ga
ib
ltu
re
Pi
to
Pi
an
cl
By
oa
H
Br
r
C
en
C
oo
es
C
ed
er
er
St
C
th
g
ic
ab
rp
w
pp
lin
w
ne
m
ru
Lo
Bu
C
ro
de
Pu
eu
ba
G
Si
N
is
re
Br
ltu
oo
ab
C
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
KEY WATER CYCLE MANAGEMENT ISSUES 4-11
270
255
240
225
210
195
180
Total Nitrogen (t/yr)
165
150 2010
135 2031
120 2010 - 2031 Increase
105
90
75
60
45
30
15
0
al
ys
ne
ry
A
re
ne
ek
ne
n
y
ie
ek
e
le
ar
ro
iff
IG
st
ga
ib
ltu
Ha
re
Pi
re
to
Pi
an
cl
By
oa
Br
C
en
oo
C
es
C
ed
er
er
St
C
th
g
ic
ab
rp
w
pp
lin
w
ne
m
ru
Lo
Bu
C
ro
de
Pu
eu
ba
G
Si
N
is
re
Br
tu
ol
bo
Ca
36
34
32
30
28
26
24
Total Phosphorus (t/yr)
22
20 2010
18 2031
16 2010 - 2031 Increase
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
al
e
s
A
re
ry
ek
ne
ne
y
ek
n
ie
y
fe
ay
le
ar
in
ro
IG
st
ga
ib
ltu
lif
re
re
to
Pi
P
an
By
oa
H
Br
dc
C
en
C
oo
es
C
er
er
St
C
e
th
g
ic
ab
rp
w
pp
lin
w
ne
m
ru
Lo
Bu
C
ro
de
Pu
eu
ba
G
Si
N
is
re
Br
ltu
oo
ab
C
Figure 4-5 to Figure 4-7 demonstrate that the greatest pollutant loads are likely to be generated from
the Caboolture catchment (with and without the CIGA), Lower Pine and Stanley River catchments.
Apart from the Stanley, these catchments also generally had the largest expected increases in future
pollutant loads (from existing loads). Management of stormwater pollutant loads from future
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
KEY WATER CYCLE MANAGEMENT ISSUES 4-12
development pressures in these catchments and others is likely to be key future management issued
to be addressed, particularly where EHMP scores (refer Table 4-7) indicate receiving waters are in
poor ecological health.
Catchments with fair to poor EHMP report card scores, and those with large pollutant loads being
discharged into receiving waters, particularly in instances where they exceed sustainable load
estimates (where available), have therefore been identified as having a water quality issue.
Additionally, catchments were also flagged if Council’s water quality monitoring data suggested that
there were water quality hot spots in the catchment. These results were generally aligned with EHMP
report card scores, however enabled a more localised assessment of water quality within catchments
where the EHMP presents a combined report card score. Catchments identified as containing sample
locations where ecological health was slightly to heavily impacted (QWQG/ANZECC) include Hays
Inlet, Redcliffe, Upper Pine, Lower Pine, and Sideling Creek.
Finally, catchments were identified as having potential water quality issues in 2031 if they contained
development pressures and drained into potable surface water storages (i.e. drinking water
Environmental Values). These catchments include the Stanley (draining into Somerset and Wivenhoe
Dams), Upper Pine (containing North Pine Dam), Sideling Creek (containing Lake Kurwongbah) and
potentially groundwater aquifers on Bribie Island.
Therefore, using the above rationale, the following catchments were flagged as having water quality
issues:
• Stanley • Pumicestone
• Bribie • Caboolture
• Brisbane Coastal
As mentioned previously, there was limited information readily available to identify existing / future
flooding pressures within the catchments. Therefore, in order to identify where flooding issues may
occur, it was decided that catchments with large areas of urban development were more likely to
have potential flooding issues, and were flagged as potentially having water quantity (flooding)
issues.
There are a number of environmentally sensitive areas in the MBRC region, comprising national
parks, state forests, conservation areas, reserves, wetlands and High Ecological Value (HEV) areas.
Refer to section 2.10 and Figure 3-1 for further details in regard to these environmentally sensitive
areas.
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
KEY WATER CYCLE MANAGEMENT ISSUES 4-13
To determine whether environmentally sensitive areas may potentially be impacted by various
elements of water cycle management in a catchment, a preliminary assessment was conducted. This
assessment consisted of identifying where development is likely to occur in a catchment (based on
the SEQ Regional Plan urban footprint) and whether this development would impact directly on any of
these areas. For example, if future development potentially impacts on habitat values or wildlife
movement corridors associated with environmentally sensitive areas in a catchment, then it was
flagged.
Additionally, if it was identified that pollutant loads from a catchment discharge to an area identified as
being a HEV area, then it was flagged. This includes catchments such as Hays Inlet and Lower Pine
which discharge into a HEV area and a RAMSAR wetland.
Therefore, using the above rationale, the following catchments were flagged as having potential
issues in relation to environmentally sensitive areas:
• Redcliffe • Caboolture
As a result of identifying potential future water cycle management issues in each catchment using the
methodology outlined in the sections above, the relevant issues per catchment are summarised and
presented in Table 4-8.
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
KEY WATER CYCLE MANAGEMENT ISSUES 4-14
Issue
Environmentally
Climate Change
Sensitive Areas
Water Quantity
Environmental
Water Quality
Water Supply
Conservation
STP Capacity
Population
(flooding)
Growth
Flows
Water
Catchment
Mary
Stanley X X X X X X X
Pumicestone X X X
Bribie X X
Caboolture X X X X X
Burpengary X X X X
Byron
Redcliffe X X X X X
Hays Inlet X X X X X
Upper Pine X X
Sideling X
Lower Pine X X X X X
Brisbane
X
Coastal
Neurum Creek
The identified issues per catchment are also presented graphically using ‘issue wheels’ in Figure 4-8.
The ‘issue wheels’ provide an indication of which issues have been identified in each catchment.
With the water cycle issues identified in each catchment, appropriate solutions can then be
developed to address these issues. The process of developing and assessing these solutions is
discussed in Section 5.
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
KEY WATER CYCLE MANAGEMENT ISSUES 4-15
A B
I C
Mary H D Issues:
G F E
A Population Growth
A B
B Water Supply
I C
H D
G F E C Environmental Flow
Stanley
A B D Climate Change
I C
Pumicestone A B H D
I C G F E
A B H D
E Water Conservation
Neurum I C G F E
H D Bribie
G F E A B F STP Capacity
I C
H D
G F E Caboolture G Water Quality
A B
I C
H D I
A B H Water Quantity
C
G F E
Burpengary H D (Flooding)
G F E
Byron Redcliffe
A B A B A B
I C
I C I C
I
A B
C I Environmentally
H D H D H D
G F E G F E G F E H D Sensitive Areas
G F E
Sideling Hays Inlet
Upper Pine
A B
I C
H D
G F E
Lower Pine
A B Brisbane
I C
H D Coastal
G F E
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
SOLUTIONS 5-1
5 SOLUTIONS
A number of potential management responses have been identified to address the issues identified
within each catchment. These management responses are referred to as ‘solutions’ herein. All
possible solutions were identified at a conceptual level without regard to practicality or costs to ensure
that all possible options were sufficiently considered.
In developing solutions, it is recognised that each solution may address a number of issues, rather
than just one. For example, stormwater harvesting addresses both water supply and water quality
issues. Additionally, it is likely that a number of solutions (a ‘solution set’) may be required for each
catchment, depending on the specific issues identified within each individual sub catchment. The
primary issues addressed by each solution were documented to assist in identifying which solutions
were applicable to consider within each catchment. A range of solutions were developed to ensure a
wide variety of options were put forward for review in each catchment, ranging from centralised to
decentralised solutions, and incorporating conventional to innovative ideas. A summary of the
solutions assessed for each catchment (depending on the specific issues identified within each
catchment) is shown in Table 5-1. A further detailed list of all the solutions including their descriptions
is provided in Appendix F.
It is noted that some of the solutions initially developed in Table 5-1 were not scored. A brief
description of why workshop participants decided that these solutions were not applicable to score is
provided below:
• Solution 1 (S1): Build New Surface Water Storages – further investigation of this solution was not
considered to be feasible within the MBRC area;
• Solution 4 (S4): Upgrade and/or construct new water supply infrastructure - this is considered to
be necessary and will be defined by Council’s Desired Standards of Service;
• Solution 13 (S13): Water efficient appliances and fittings – this is already being implemented
within the MBRC area;
• Solution 15 (S15): Implementation of water restrictions – this was not considered further as it is
the States responsibility and not an option that Council can drive; and
• Solution 34 (S34): Implement floodplain risk management measures – this was not assessed as
it is largely dependent on concurrent studies underway and hence requirements will be assessed
as part of these studies (Floodplain Management Plan).
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
SOLUTIONS 5-2
Table 5-1 Solutions Assessed for Each Catchment
Pumicestone
Burpengary
Lower Pine
Caboolture
Upper Pine
Hays Inlet
Brisbane
Redcliffe
Sideling
Coastal
Stanley
Solution
Bribie
CIGA
S1: Build new regional surface water storages and associated infrastructure Not Assessed
S2: Upgrade Water Treatment Plants to provide additional capacity/ improve water quality
S3: Rely on Water Supply Guarantee in the SEQ Water Strategy
S4: Upgrade and/or construct new trunk water supply infrastructure to boost capacity Not Assessed
S5: Recycled water supplied to urban users
S6: Recycled water supplied to agricultural users
S7: Sewer mining - small community based plants to treat and reuse sewage
S8: Indirect Potable Reuse of Purified Recycled Water (PRW)
S9: Rainwater tanks retrofitted for non-potable uses
S10: Stormwater harvesting for non-potable reuse
S11:Stormwater harvesting for potable reuse
S12: Mandatory lot-scale greywater reuse
S13: Water efficient appliances and fittings Not Assessed
S14: Pressure reduction on trunk water supply infrastructure
S15: Implementation of water restrictions Not Assessed
S16: Education & /or Capacity Building and investment in incentive schemes
S17: Xeriscaping - landscaping using drought tolerant plant species
S18: Increase price of water to minimise water wastage
S19: Limit rural water extraction and supplement with other sources
S20: Implement WSUD for hydrologic management
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
SOLUTIONS 5-3
Pumicestone
Burpengary
Lower Pine
Caboolture
Upper Pine
Hays Inlet
Brisbane
Redcliffe
Sideling
Coastal
Stanley
Solution
Bribie
CIGA
S21: Strategic release of water from dams to maintain environmental flows downstream
S22: Recycled water pumped to downstream side of dams and weirs (Environmental Flows)
S23: Upgrade STP Infrastructure
S24: Storage of excess inflows during storm events
S25: Diversion of sewage to STPs with capacity
S26: Smart sewers (reduced infiltration/inflows)
S27: Prevention of illegal stormwater inflow connections to sewer
S28: Ocean outfall from STPs instead of discharge into rivers and creeks
S29: Waterway Rehabilitation - Riparian Zones - 3/4 order streams
S30: Increased implementation of Erosion & Sediment Control on development sites
S31: Existing WSUD Retrofit
S32: Future development WSUD measures achieve no worsening
S33: Rural Best Management Practices (e.g. limiting erosion, application of fertilisers and
pesticides at minimal rates, etc)
S34: Implement floodplain risk management measures (property/response/flood modification Not Assessed
measures) (Flooding)
S35: Cap at current Population without any other solutions implemented
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
SOLUTIONS 5-4
To assist in the selection of solutions to be further investigated during the detailed planning stage,
Multi Criteria Analysis (MCA) was used.
Multi Criteria Analysis is a management tool that allows the incorporation of monetary and non-
monetary data of various options by assigning scores and weights to criteria used to assess the
various options. The weights express the importance of each criteria effect to the decision-maker or
stakeholders. A key feature of MCA is the emphasis on the judgment of the decision-making team.
This judgment needs to be exercised in establishing objectives and criteria, estimating the relative
importance (weights) of criteria and in judging the contribution of each option to each performance
criterion (scoring).
In this case, the MCA process has been undertaken through workshops with key stakeholders and
experts, and in consultation with local Councillors.
1. Develop and agree on the list of criteria for evaluating the solutions;
4. Combine the scores for each criteria with the criteria weighting to provide an overall score for
each solution; and
Criteria with which to assess the performance of each solution were developed around Triple Bottom
Line (TBL) principles and include the following three criteria categories:
• Environment;
• Social; and
• Economic.
The individual criteria within each of these categories have been developed based on previous work
undertaken for the Northern Growth Corridor Integrated Urban Water Cycle Management Strategy
(MWH, 2006) and through consultation with Councillors (21 October 2010), representatives from
MBRC and UnityWater and an Expert Panel.
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
SOLUTIONS 5-5
Environmental Objectives:
• Protect and enhance the environmental values of receiving waters (including those relating to
aquatic ecosystem and human use; ensuring sustainable flows & loads; minimising alteration of
natural flow and water quality regimes); and
• Reduce greenhouse gas emissions, ensuring solutions have minimal impact on energy
consumption and carbon emissions contributing to climate change.
Social Objectives:
• Ensure the security of future water supplies (including water conservation strategies,
diversification of water supply sources and consideration of alternate water sources to achieve ‘fit
for use‘ (rainwater, stormwater, recycled water));
Economic Objectives:
Another objective set was to meet legislative and policy drivers, including:
The adopted criteria for the MCA process are outlined in Table 5-2.
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
SOLUTIONS 5-6
Environmental Criteria
Changes in water quality in inland water systems, as well as changes to biodiversity, and bed
and bank integrity
Changes in hydrology
Changes to water quality and biodiversity in estuaries and Moreton Bay
Changes in water quality and flow and biodiversity of groundwater systems
Changes in emissions of greenhouse gases
Impact on environmentally sensitive values
Social Criteria
Impacts on water supply
Impacts on human health
Impacts on public amenity/recreation
Impacts on flooding hazard
Level of community understanding, engagement and ownership
Public acceptability
Economic Criteria
Financial impacts on MBRC/ Unitywater – Outlays, capital and operating expenditure and
revenue
Financial impacts including costs and cost savings on consumers (e.g. infrastructure
charges) and other organisations
Impacts on local industries that rely on the environment (Fisheries, tourism)
Employment plus local economic sustainability
The relative importance of each criteria category (environmental, social and economic) and individual
criteria within each criteria category was assigned using the input of expert panel and workshop
participants. Sensitivity tests were undertaken to assess how changing the weighting for criteria
categories affected the preferred solution sets. Results of the sensitivity analyses indicated that
although the ranking of preferred solutions changed, overall the top solutions remained the same and
therefore adopted ‘solution sets’ were not significantly affected. Therefore it was decided that an
even weighting distribution between environmental, social and economic criteria categories be
adopted.
The adopted criteria weighting and results of the sensitivity analysis were presented to Councillors on
10 November 2010 for review and approval. The adopted weighting of criteria is shown in Table 5-3
below.
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
SOLUTIONS 5-7
The scoring of solutions identified in Section 5.1 was undertaken by an Options Analysis Team
nominated by MBRC and approved by Councillors on 21 October 2010. Workshop participants
invited to attend included:
• Councillors;
• UnityWater representatives.
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
SOLUTIONS 5-8
Expert advisors involved in the project study were also invited to attend. A list of attending workshop
participants is included in Appendix H.
The scoring was facilitated at Caboolture Councill Chambers over three half day workshops,
undertaken on the following dates:
The scoring was undertaken on a solution/option basis for each catchment i.e. each solution was
scored for all relevant catchments before moving on to the next solution. The scoring was
undertaken using a consensus method. That is, each solution was discussed and debated in terms
of how it satisfied each individual criteria (refer Appendix G), and was scored by the workshop
facilitator with the consensus of workshop participants.
Due to project time and resource constraints, a semi-quantitative/qualitative scoring system was
used. Where appropriate, solution scores in catchments were adjusted to reflect the potential scale of
pressures from development of that particular catchment in comparison to the whole MBRC Region.
Scoring of the outcomes generated by each solution against each individual assessment criteria was
undertaken using the scoring system detailed in Table 5-4. The scoring was undertaken by
comparison of the proposed solution scenario against the future base case of 2031 with ‘business as
usual’ (i.e. with no mitigation measures/solutions implemented).
Once the initial scoring (as described in Section 5.2.3) was completed, the weighted score was
calculated for each criteria score (for all solutions and all catchments). The weighted score adjusts
the scoring for each criteria based on the relative importance of the individual criteria and the criteria
category (which was assumed to be equal for environment, social and economic categories).
For example, assuming the original performance score for Solution X against the Criteria “Impacts to
Human Water Supply” was 3 (‘much better’), the weighted criteria score of “Impacts to Human Water
Supply” was calculated using the following method:
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
SOLUTIONS 5-9
Weighted Criteria Score = Original Score x Criteria Category Weighting x Individual Criteria Weighting
= 3 x 33.3% x 20%
= 0.2
The overall weighted score of each solution was then estimated by applying the following calculation:
Overall Weighted Score of Solution X = Sum of the Weighted Scores of Criteria 1 to Criteria n
of Solution X.
The above calculation was undertaken to estimate the performance of each solution in each
catchment, using triple bottom line principles.
As previously discussed, a sensitivity analysis was undertaken of the criteria category weighting. The
results of the sensitivity analysis are shown in Table 5-5. Table 5-5 indicates that despite the
difference in criteria category weightings, the highest ranking solutions are generally quite similar.
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
SOLUTIONS 5-10
Even
Weighting Sensitvity 1 Sensitivity 2 Sensitivity 3
Environmental Weighting 33.3% 30% 40% 20%
Social Weighting 33.3% 30% 40% 30%
Economic Weighting 33.3% 40% 20% 50%
S6: Recycled Water (Agricultural Use) 2.34 2.28 2.46 2.32
S29: Waterway Rehabilitation 2.21 2.04 2.55 1.93
S33: Rural Best Management Practices 2.14 1.98 2.46 1.85
S16: Education & Capacity Building 1.84 1.70 2.11 1.58
S32: WSUD No Worsening 1.48 1.30 1.82 1.17
S7: Sewer Mining 1.37 1.20 1.71 1.12
S10: Stormwater Harvesting (Non-potable Use) 1.33 1.13 1.73 0.92
S5: Recycled Water (Urban Use) 1.31 1.08 1.77 0.81
S30: Erosion & Sediment Control 1.23 1.14 1.43 1.04
S31: WSUD Retrofit 1.08 0.88 1.47 0.69
S9: Rainwater Tanks (Non-potable Uses) 0.97 0.84 1.25 0.69
S3: Rely on Water Supply Guarantee in the SEQ Water Strategy 0.82 0.76 0.94 0.79
S8: Indirect Potable Reuse of Purified Recycled Water (PRW) 0.80 0.68 1.05 0.47
S26: Smart Sewers 0.71 0.70 0.73 0.64
S35: Cap on Population 0.66 0.69 0.59 0.84
S21: Strategic Release of Water from Dams 0.60 0.51 0.78 0.35
S27: Prevention of Illegal Stormwater Connections to Sewer 0.49 0.53 0.41 0.55
S11:Stormwater Harvesting (Potable Use) 0.40 0.24 0.73 0.00
S14: Pressure Reduction (Trunk Water Supply) 0.26 0.26 0.26 0.27
S28: STP Ocean outfall 0.25 0.13 0.50 -0.11
S20: WSUD for Hydrologic Management 0.24 0.19 0.35 0.05
S17: Xeriscaping 0.06 0.06 0.08 0.06
S25: Diversion of Sewage to STPs with Capacity 0.02 -0.05 0.14 -0.13
S12: Mandatory Lot-Scale Greywater Reuse -0.06 -0.14 0.10 -0.33
S2: Upgrade WTPs -0.08 -0.06 -0.14 0.02
S23: Upgrade STP Infrastructure -0.15 -0.32 0.24 -0.60
S24: Storage of Excess Sewage Inflows During Rainfall -0.36 -0.56 0.05 -0.82
S19: Limit Rural Water Extraction -0.50 -0.60 -0.31 -0.76
S18: Increase Price of Water -0.56 -0.62 -0.46 -0.77
S22: Recycled Water to Maintain Environmental Flows -1.77 -1.77 -1.76 -1.76
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
SOLUTIONS 5-11
Using the overall weighted solution scores, solutions were ranked from highest to lowest for each
catchment. The top ranking solutions were then selected for each catchment until it was satisfied that
a group of solutions or ‘solution set’ had been selected that sufficiently addressed all issues identified
within the catchment of interest. This process allowed all options to be initially screened and the best
options (i.e. solution set) to be selected for further investigation and refinement in the detailed
planning phase. The solution sets selected for each catchment are detailed in Section 5.3. It should
be noted that as no key issues were identified in the Mary River, Byron Creek and Neurum Creek
catchments, solution sets for these catchments were not deemed necessary.
The average scores of solutions for all catchments were also calculated to give an indication of the
preferred solutions over the entire MBRC area, i.e. those solutions that scored positively (>0). The
catchments were also further separated and grouped into those that consist of predominantly urban
areas, and those that consist of predominantly rural land uses. The average solution scores were
then assessed using these ‘urban’ and ‘rural’ catchment groupings to give an indication of the most
viable options for these areas. Average MCA scores for solutions that scored positively on a whole of
region, urban and rural catchment scale are presented in Figure 5-1.
The average scores from the MCA presented in Figure 5-1 indicate that on a whole of region and
urban catchment scale, recycled water for agricultural land use rated as the highest (i.e. best option),
while rural best management practices rated the highest for rural catchments. Although the orders
were slightly different, the top 5 ranking solutions for whole of region, urban and rural catchments
were the same and included:
• Riparian revegetation;
It is noted that a combination of solutions are likely to be required to address specific issues identified
in each catchment, and some solutions that did not rate highly (i.e. upgrade of STP capacity) may still
be required to adequately address issues. The recommended selection of solution sets for further
investigation in the detailed planning stage (in order of ranked preference from MCA) to satisfy issues
specific to each catchment is further detailed in Section 5.3.
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
SOLUTIONS 5-12
3.0
Solution Number Key:
MBRC Rural Catchments Urban Catchments S6: Recycled Water (STP) Agricultural use
S29: Riparian Reveg (3/4order streams)
S33: Rural BMPs incl Revegetation
S16: Education & Capacity Building
2.5 S32: WSUD No Worsening
S7: Sewer Mining
S10: Stormwater Harvesting (Non Potable Use)
S5: Recycled Water (STP) to Urban Users
S30: Erosion & Sediment Control
Average Solution Scores from MCA
0.5
0.0
S6 S29 S33 S16 S32 S7 S10 S5 S30 S31 S9 S3 S8 S26 S35 S21 S27 S11 S14 S28 S20 S17 S25
-0.5
Solution Numbers
Figure 5-1 MCA Solution Results for Whole of Region (MBRC), Rural and Urban Catchments
Recommended solutions sets identified for each catchment for further investigation as a result of the
Multi Criteria Analysis are detailed in the Table 5-6 to Table 5-17 below. These tables also indicate
the future issues specific to each catchment (as identified in Section 4.10) and the solutions selected
to target each key issue. Although the responsibility for implementing the solutions is likely to be
shared, an indication of the key mechanism for implementing each solution has been colour coded for
ease of reference (i.e. Council Policy, Council Infrastructure, Unitywater Infrastructure).
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
SOLUTIONS 5-13
Implementation Key:
I Environmentally Sensitive
H Water Quantity (flooding)
Unitywater A B
C Environmental Flows
I C
E Water Conservation
Council Policy
A Population Growth
Council Infrastructure H D
D Climate Change
G F E
G Water Quality
F STP Capacity
B Water Supply
Stanley River Catchment
Areas
Solution Set Description
S33: Rural Best Management Practices (e.g. limiting erosion etc) X X
S16: Education & /or Capacity Building and investment in incentive schemes X X X X X X
S7: Sewer mining - small community based plants to treat and reuse sewage X X
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
SOLUTIONS 5-14
C Environmental Flows
Council Infrastructure
E Water Conservation
G F E
A Population Growth
D Climate Change
G Water Quality
F STP Capacity
B Water Supply
Pumistone Creek Catchment
Solution Set Description
S33: Rural Best Management Practices (e.g. limiting erosion etc) X X
S16: Education & /or Capacity Building and investment in incentive schemes X X
E Water Conservation
Council Policy I C
A Population Growth
Council Infrastructure H D
D Climate Change
G F E
G Water Quality
F STP Capacity
B Water Supply
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
SOLUTIONS 5-15
Implementation Key:
C Environmental Flows
E Water Conservation
A Population Growth
D Climate Change
G Water Quality
F STP Capacity
B Water Supply
Burpengary Creek Catchment
Solution Set Description
S29: Waterway Rehabilitation - Riparian Zones - 3/4 order streams X
S16: Education & /or Capacity Building and investment in incentive schemes X X
S7: Sewer mining - small community based plants to treat and reuse sewage X
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
SOLUTIONS 5-16
C Environmental Flows
Council Infrastructure G F E
E Water Conservation
A Population Growth
D Climate Change
G Water Quality
F STP Capacity
B Water Supply
Caboolture River Catchment
Solution Set Description
S6: Recycled water supplied to agricultural users X X
S16: Education & /or Capacity Building and investment in incentive schemes X X X X
S7: Sewer mining - small community based plants to treat and reuse sewage X
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
SOLUTIONS 5-17
C Environmental Flows
H D
E Water Conservation
Council Policy
A Population Growth
G F E
Council Infrastructure
D Climate Change
G Water Quality
F STP Capacity
B Water Supply
Caboolture River Catchment with
Caboolture Identified Growth Area (CIGA)
Solution Set Description
S6: Recycled water supplied to agricultural users X X X X
S16: Education & /or Capacity Building and investment in incentive schemes X X X X X X
S7: Sewer mining - small community based plants to treat and reuse sewage X X X X
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
SOLUTIONS 5-18
C Environmental Flows
I C
E Water Conservation
Council Policy
A Population Growth
H D
D Climate Change
Council Infrastructure G F E
G Water Quality
F STP Capacity
B Water Supply
Upper Pine River Catchment
Solution Set Description
S29: Waterway Rehabilitation - Riparian Zones - 3/4 order streams X
S16: Education & /or Capacity Building and investment in incentive schemes X
S7: Sewer mining - small community based plants to treat and reuse sewage X
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
SOLUTIONS 5-19
C Environmental Flows
H D
E Water Conservation
Council Policy
A Population Growth
G F E
Council Infrastructure
D Climate Change
G Water Quality
F STP Capacity
B Water Supply
Lower Pine River Catchment
Solution Set Description
S32: Future development WSUD measures achieve no worsening X X X X
S16: Education & /or Capacity Building and investment in incentive schemes X X
S7: Sewer mining - small community based plants to treat and reuse sewage X X
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
SOLUTIONS 5-20
C Environmental Flows
Unitywater I C
E Water Conservation
A Population Growth
Council Policy H D
D Climate Change
G Water Quality
G F E
F STP Capacity
B Water Supply
Council Infrastructure
S16: Education & /or Capacity Building and investment in incentive schemes X
E Water Conservation
Council Infrastructure H D
A Population Growth
G F E
D Climate Change
G Water Quality
F STP Capacity
B Water Supply
S16: Education & /or Capacity Building and investment in incentive schemes X X
S7: Sewer mining - small community based plants to treat and reuse sewage X X
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
SOLUTIONS 5-21
C Environmental Flows
H D
E Water Conservation
Council Infrastructure
A Population Growth
G F E
D Climate Change
G Water Quality
F STP Capacity
B Water Supply
Redcliffe Catchment
Solution Set Description
S29: Waterway Rehabilitation - Riparian Zones - 3/4 order streams X X
S16: Education & /or Capacity Building and investment in incentive schemes X X X X
S7: Sewer mining - small community based plants to treat and reuse sewage X X
H D
E Water Conservation
Council Infrastructure
A Population Growth
G F E
D Climate Change
G Water Quality
F STP Capacity
B Water Supply
S16: Education & /or Capacity Building and investment in incentive schemes X
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
STUDY CONCLUSIONS 6-1
6 STUDY CONCLUSIONS
The outcomes of undertaking Phase 1 of the TWCM planning process have been presented in this
TWCM Strategy document, and include the following:
• Identification of the drivers of the TWCM process specific to the MBRC area;
• Description of the existing and future water cycle issues through preliminary water accounting;
• Identification of key water cycle management issues in each relevant catchment in the MBRC
region;
• Development and preliminary assessment of solutions using a Multi Criteria Assessment (MCA)
approach; and
The findings included in this TWCM Strategy should be utilised in the subsequent phase of the
TWCM planning process (Phase 2), which involves detailed assessment of the recommended
solution sets. Objectives of Phase 2 include the following:
• To utilise, assess and refine the recommendations developed in Phase 1 of the TWCM planning
process and presented in this TWCM Strategy document;
• To identify and prioritise areas within the Moreton Bay Regional Council (MBRC) domain where
detailed planning will be undertaken;
• To derive estimates of the likely ranges of capital and operational costs of each potential
solution, including the range of infrastructure required to deliver each solution;
• To undertake consultation throughout the detailed planning phase with key stakeholders such as
MBRC, Unitywater, QWC and other State Government agencies; and
• To prepare a detailed TWCM planning and implementation report which will summarise all study
analyses and present a robust and defensible argument to MBRC and key stakeholders
supporting the recommended TWCM options and most importantly presenting short, medium
and long term actions which will see the objectives of the TWCM process (i.e. sustainable and
cost effective urban water service provision together with commensurate protection and
restoration of water quality levels/environmental values in the waterways of the MBRC) being
achieved.
Detailed planning should make use of previous studies and reports, including Water Cycle
Management Plans prepared for Pine Rivers Shire Council (MWH, 2005, 2006, and 2009) and
sustainable loads studies (BMT WBM, 2008 and 2009), along with any other relevant studies.
An example of the scope of works required for the detailed planning phase (Phase 2) is included in
Appendix I.
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
REFERENCES 7-1
7 REFERENCES
Australian Bureau of Statistics, 2010. Water Use on Australian Farms, 2008-09 (cat. No. 4618.0).
http://www.abs.gov.au/AUSSTATS/abs@.nsf/Lookup/1318.3Feature%20Article13Oct%202008.
BMT WBM, 2007. Nutrient Modelling of the Caboolture River. Prepared for the Moreton Bay
Waterways and Catchments Partnership.
BMT WBM, 2008. Pine Rivers Sustainable Pollutant Load Study. Prepared for Moreton Bay Regional
Council.
BMT WBM, 2009. Draft South Pine Sustainable Loads Assessment Report. Prepared for Moreton
Bay Regional Council.
BMT WBM, 2010. Moreton Bay Regional Council – Catchment Water Quality Model. Prepared for
Moreton Bay Regional Council.
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), 2006. South East Queensland Regional Coastal
Management Plan. Queensland Government.
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), 2001. Notice of decision to Grant Licence (without
Development Approval) (Licence No. SR1750) under Section 93(2) Environmental Protection Act
1994 to carry out an Environmentally Relevant Activity at Woodford, Bribie Island, Burpengary East
and South Caboolture STPs.
Department of Environment and Natural Resources (DERM), 2009b. South East Queensland Natural
Resource Management Plan 2009–2031 (SEQ NRM Plan). Queensland Government.
Department of Infrastructure and Planning (DIP), 2009a. Draft South East Queensland Climate
Change Management Plan. Queensland Government.
Department of Infrastructure and Planning (DIP), 2009b. South East Queensland Regional Plan
2009-2031 (SEQ Regional Plan). Queensland Government.
Department of Infrastructure and Planning (DIP), 2009c. South East Queensland Regional Plan
2009–2031 Implementation Guideline No. 7 Water sensitive urban design: Design objectives for
urban stormwater management. Queensland Government.
Department of Infrastructure and Planning (DIP) website, 2010. Webpage: Projects - Northern
Pipeline Interconnector. Accessed 3 June 2010.
http://www.dip.qld.gov.au/projects/water/pipelines/northern-pipeline-interconnector.html.
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
REFERENCES 7-2
Department of Natural Resources, Mines & Energy (DNRM&E), 2006. South East Queensland
Regional Water Security Program. Queensland Government.
Healthy Waterways Partnership (HWP), 2007. South East Queensland Healthy Waterways Strategy
2007-2012.
Moreton Bay Regional Council (MBRC), 2009a. Briefing Note to Councillor Workshop on 15 October
2009: Limitations to Development in the Caboolture River Catchment.
Moreton Bay Regional Council (MBRC) website, 2010. Webpage: About Council. Accessed 4 June
2010. http://www.moretonbay.qld.gov.au/council.aspx?id=4718
MWH, 2005. Pine Rivers Integrated Urban Water Cycle Management Concept Study. Prepared for
Pine Rivers Shire Council.
MWH, 2006. Northern Growth Corridor (NGC) Integrated Urban Water Management Study. Prepared
for Pine Rivers Shire Council.
MWH, 2009. Pine Rivers Area Integrated Urban Water Cycle Management Strategy. Prepared for
Moreton Bay Regional Council.
National Water Commission website, 2010. Webpage: What is Our Total Water Resource -
Groundwater Recharge, accessed 5 October 2010.
http://www.water.gov.au/WaterAvailability/WhatIsOurTotalWaterResource/GroundwaterRecharge/ind
ex.aspx?Menu=Level1_3_1_6
Pine Rivers Catchment Association (PRCA) website, 2010. Webpage: About Hays Inlet, accessed
June 23, 2010. http://prca.org.au/index.php?option=com_content&view=article&id=95&Itemid=103
Queensland Water Commission (QWC), 2009. South East Queensland Water Strategy (SEQ Water
Strategy). Queensland Government.
Sunshine Coast Regional Council (SCRC) website. Webpage: Areas of Significance, accessed July
5, 2010. http://www.sunshinecoast.qld.gov.au/sitePage.cfm?code=significant-areas
Unitywater, 2009. Water Supply Network Master Plan – Pine Rivers District.
Unitywater, 2010. Development of GIS Demand Model for Caboolture District – Draft Report.
WBM (2003) Impacts of Road Runoff Study - Phase 2 (Final Report). Report prepared for the
Moreton Bay Waterways and Catchments Partnership, November 2003
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
STP LICENCES A-1
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
Department of Environment
and Resource Management Notice
Change to a development approval
This notice ls lssued by the Department of Environment and Resource Management pursuant fo secfion 376 of the
Sustainable Planning Act 2009 ("the Act").
Property/Location description :
Page I of3.091217
Department of Environment and Resource Management Queensland Government
www.derm.qld.gov.au ABN 46 640 294 4gs
Notice
Change to a development approval
3. The decision for the request to change a development approval made on 24 June 2010 is to
approve the request.
4. Attached is a copy of the amended development approval. Please note that the permit reference
number has changed from ENDC00419105 to SPCE00766110.
The actual changes made to the approval, after agreement, are as follows:
. Unitywater's details have been added to the front of the approval.
. Condition 410 has been deleted.
. Condition A15 has been amended to remove reference to the Pine Rivers Shire Council
Chambers.
. Condition E1 has been replaced with requested conditions.
. Conditions E12, H16, H18 and H17 have been amended as requested.
. The pump station listed has been added to the approval.
. The definition and number for environmentally relevant activity - sewage treatment has been
updated in line with lhe Environmental Protection Regulation 2008.
. Any reference to the Environmental Protection Agency has been replaced with the Department
of Environment and Resource Management.
6. lf this notice is given to the person who made the request, or to an entity that gave DERM as the
responsible entity a notice under section 373 of the Act or a pre-request response notice, or if this
notice is given by DERM as a concurrence agency and the concurrence agency's decision is to
refuse the request or approve the request on conditions, such person or entity may appeal against
the decision and the attached extract from the Act states how the person or entity may appeal.
Attachments
. lnformation Sheet - Appeals - Sustainable Planning Act 2009 (extract from the Sustainable Planning Act
200e)
. Copy of the amended development approval.
Replacing: ENDC00419105
Relevant Laws and Policies: Environmental Protection Act 1994 and subordinate
legislation
Under the provisions of the Environmental Protection Act 1994 this development approval is issued to:
Unitywater
33 King Street
CABOOLTURE QLD 4510
Development Description :
located at:
Dayboro Sewage Treatment Plant
Strong Road
DAYBORO QLD 4521
The pump stations listed in the following table are covered by this development approval:
The environmentally relevant activity must be constructed, operated and maintained in accordance with
conditions as set out in the attached schedule of conditions.
I
Permit includes licences, approvals, permits, authorisations, certificates, sanctions
or equivalenVsimilar as required by legislation administered by the
Department of Environment and Resource Management
ecoaccess
et lvift)r u no nl Ði licø nce s and Ðesn'k
It is a requirement of lhe Environmental Protection Act 1994 that if the owner or occupier of this site becomes
aware a Notifiable Activity (as defined under schedule 3 of the EnvironmentalProtection Act l9g4) is being
carried out on this land or that the land has been affected by a hazardous contaminant, they must, within 22
business days after becoming aware the activity is being carried out, give notice to the Administering
Authority. A list of Notifiable Activities is provided within Schedule 3 of lhe Environmental Protection Act
1994.
Appeal
This development approval is issued pursuant to section 621 of the Environmental Protection Act 1gg4. The
rights of review and appeal are attached to this notice.
This development approval takes effect 10 Business days after you receive this notice, or if there is an
appeal from the day the appeal is finally decided or is otherwise ended.
-+ 4¿âar,þ/ Aolo
Signed
Deena Murray
Manager (Moreton Bay)
Environmental Services North
South East Region, DERM
Delegate of Administering Authority
Environmentql Protection Act 1994
(a) maintain all plant and equipment in a proper and efficient condition; and
(b) operate all plant and equipment in a proper and efficient manner.
(i) any plant and equipment used to prevent and/or minimise the likelihood of environmental
harm being caused;
(ii) any devices and structures to contain foreseeable escapes of contaminants and waste;
(iii) any vehicles used to transport waste;
(iv) any device or structure used to store, handle, treat or dispose of waste;
(v) any monitoring equipment and associated alarms; and
(vi) any backup systems that act in the event of failure of a primary system.
Records
(43) Any records or documents are required to be kept by a condition of this development approval must
be kept where practicable to do so at the approved place at which the activities are carried out and at
the Pine River Shire Council Chambers for, except as otherwise provided, a period of at least five (5)
years and be available for examination by an authorised person. The record retention requirements
of this condition will be satisfied if any daily and weekly records are kept for a period of at least three
(3) years and these records are then kept in the form of annual summaries after that period.
Alterations
(A4) No change, replacement or operation of any plant or equipment is permitted if the change,
replacement or operation of the plant or equipment increases, or is likely to substantially increase,
the risk of environmental harm above that expressly provided by this development approval.
An example of a substantial increase in the risk of environmental harm is an increase of 10% or more
in the quantity of the contaminant to be released into the environment.
Galibration
(45) All instruments and devices used for the measurement or monitoring of any parameter under any
condition of this development approval must be calibrated, and appropriately operated and
maintained,
1 22
Permit includes licences, approvals, permits, authorisations, certificates, sanctions
or equivalent/similar as required by legislation administered by the
Department of Environment and Resource Management
--PãOe3õf
ecoaccess eîlvko |nèn¡al lÌçttr,.;4s aþd Ðatùils
Trained Operators
(46) All persons engaged in the conduct of the activity, including but not limited to employees and contract
staff, must be:
Nuisance
(47) Notwithstanding any other condition of this development approval, this development approval does
not authorise any release of contaminants which causes or is likely to cause an environmental
nuisance beyond the boundaries of the approved place.
(410) The holder of this development approval must not implement an lntegrated Environmental
Management System or amend the lntegrated Environmental Management System where such
implementation or amendment would result in a contravention of any condition of this development
approval.
(A1f ) The holder of this development approval must submit details of any amendment to the lntegrated
Environmental Management System annually to the administering authority with the Annuai Return
which immediately follows the enactment of any such amendment.
I Permit includes
licences, approvals, permits, authorisations, certificates, sanctions
or equivalent/similar as required by legislation administered by the
Department of Environment and Resource Management
ecoaccess
o'wirÇ/úytailtilt lit$ *ött I i)tj<l j)$ uì\il s
(413) The Site-based Management Plan must address at least the following matters:
(A14) An up to date copy of the relevant Site-Based Environmental Management Plan (including any
issue/site-specific environmental management plans required to be developed and implemented
under the conditions of this development approval) must be kept at the approved place to which that
plan relates, or if such is not practicable, at a place readily accessible to personnel that are carrying
out the environmentally relevant activity, and be available for examination by an authorised person
on request.
SCHEDULE B . AIR
(81) Except as otherwise provided by the conditions of the air schedule, the environmentally relevant
activity must be carried out by such practicable means necessary to prevent the release or likelihood
of release of contaminants to the atmosphere.
(82) Where it is not practicable to prevent the release of contaminants to the atmosphere as required by
condition 81, the environmentally relevant activity must be carried out by such practicable means
necessary to minimise the release or likelihood of any such release of contaminants to the
atmosphere.
1Permitincludeslicences,approvals,permits,",tr'o,¡22
or equivalent/similar as required by legislation administered by the
Department of Environment and Resource Management
ecoaccess
srrwrarrrulnTal lictlnçês Ðßd pèt$tiìR
SCHEDULE C - WATER
(C2) The Emergency Response/Contingency Plan address at least thç following matters:
(Ca) A copy of the Emergency Response/Contingency Plan and any subsequent amendment of the
Emergency Response/Contingency Plan must be kept at the approved place and be available for
examination by an authorised person on request.
(C4) An updated list of all pump stations connected to the sewage treatment plant must be forwarded to
the administering authority with each Annual Return.
1
Permit includes licences, approvals, permits, authorisations, certificates, sanctions
or equivalent/similar as required by legislation administered by the
Department of Environment and Resource Management
ecoaccess
st r\rì!0/vrt)*ìal lil:t).n'.rr,s atld pÐrrtriî.s
(C6) Contaminated wastewater generated from washing and/or degreasing of any vehicles, any plant and
any equipment must be collected and:
(i) treated and disposed of to sewer with the approval of the relevant Local Government in
accordance with a tradewaste permit; or
(ii) transported for disposal, recycled, reprocessed or treated at a facility that can lawfully accept
such waste.
(D1) Except as otherwise provided by the conditions of the stormwater management schedule and the
water schedule of this development approval, the environmentally relevant activity must be carried
out by such practicable means necessary to prevent and/or minimise the release or likelihood of
release of contaminated runoff from the approved place to any stormwater drain or waters or the bed
or banks of any such waters, "Contaminated runoff'for the purposes of this condition means
stormwater and/or stormwater runoff that contains contaminants that may cause environmental harm.
(D3) Any spillage of waste, contaminants or other materials must be cleaned up as quickly as practicable
to prevent the release of contaminants to Queensland waters (including groundwater).
/ o1 22
r Permit includes licences, approvals, permits, authorisations, certificates, sanctiona "age
or equivalent/similar as required by legislation administered by the
Department of Environment and Resource Management
ecoaccess
elwit\rvnant.ã! ijr;rrsctts afi d paftJ lils
Bunding
(D5) All chemical tank storages must be bunded so that the capacity of the bund is sufficient to contain at
least 100% of the largest storage tank plus 10% of the second largest tank within the bund.
(D6) All chemical drum storages must be bunded so that the capacity of the bund is sufficient to contain at
Ieast 25o/o of the maximum design storage volume within the bund.
(D7) All bunding must be constructed of materials which are impervious to the materials stored.
(D8) The base and walls of all bunded areas must be maintained free from gaps or cracks.
(D10) Where it is impractical to completely roof a bunded area the holder of this development approval
must ensure that any stormwater captured within the bund is free from contaminants or wastes prior
to any release.
(D11) All empty drums must be stored with their closures in place.
(D13) For the purposes of demonstrating compliance with condition D12, the holder of this development
approval must periodically report to the administering authority on the following matters:
(D14) The initialreport must be lodged with the administering authority by 1 July 1g9B with subsequent
reports to be lodged with the annual return in 2000 and at least once every two (2) years thereafter.
(82) The quality of treated sewage effluent used for irrigations purposes, or supplied to another party for
irrigation purposes by the registered operator must be monitored as a minimum in accordance with
the Queensland Water Recycling Guidelines 2005 or more recent editions or replacements of this
document and the conditions of this approval.
(E3) The registered operator of the activity to which this development approval relates must, when reusing
the water, do so in a manner in which release of the treated effluent to water is not likely.
(E4) The release of contaminants to land must not be carried out within 50 metres of any watercourse.
(E5) The release of contaminants to land must not be carried out if Soil moisture conditions are such that
surface runoff or ponding is likely to occur,
(EO) Spray from any release of contaminants to land must not drift beyond the boundaries of the approved
place.
(E7) Public access to any contaminant release area must be denied during the release of contaminants to
land and untilthe release area has dried.
(E8) Pipelines and fittings for the release of contaminants to land must be clearly identified. Standard
water taps, hoses and cocks must not be fitted to contaminant release pipelines, and the
contaminant release system must not be connected to other service pipelines. Lockable valves or
removable handles must be fitted to the contaminant release pipelines where there is public access
to the contaminant release areas.
(E13) The rate of application of contaminants to the release area must not exceed 18 litres per second.
1
----------Pæe g-of 22
Permit includes licences, approvals, permits, authorisations, certificates, sanctions
or equivalent/similar as required by legislation ádministered by the
Department of Environment and Resource Management
ecoaccess
Q/,VÜOrllrJÐfi|il| hÇûn,ûs ixxi ît fili¡s,
(E15) Notwithstanding the quality characteristic limits specified in Table 1 of the land application schedute
the contaminants released must also comply with the following qualitative characteristics:
(i) the release must not have any properties nor contain any organisms or contaminants in
concentrations or which are capable of causing environmental harm.
(817) The wet weather storage must be designed to hold a volume equivalent to approximately I 10 days
storage based on 340 cubic metres per day average wastewater generation rate.
(E18) The wet weather storage must be designed and operated to have a total excess capacity of at least
thirty-four (34) megalitres at all times, except in the period after wet weather and provided all
reasonable and practicable measures are taken to dispose of the excess effluent by irrigation.
(E20) The lrrigation Management Plan must detail how irrigation is to be managed and scheduled having
regard to at least the following:
(v) characteristics of the soil in the contaminated release area, including pH, salinity,
total dissolved salts, total nitrogen, total phosphorus, total potassium, sodium,
calcium, magnesium , calculated Sodium Absorption Ratio, exchangeable cations,
heavy metals;
(vi) type of vegetation intended to be grown in the contaminant release area;
(vii) effluent quality results;
(viii) soil quality results for the effluent disposal area(s);
(ix) groundwater level results;
(x) cropping practice for each effluent disposal area;
(xi) sustainable hydraulic loadings for the contaminant release area;
(xii) sustainable biological oxygen demand loadings for the contaminant release area;
(xiii) sustainable nitrogen loadings for the contaminant release area;
(xiv) sustainable phosphorus loadings for the contaminant release area;
(xv) sustainable salt loadings for the contaminant release area; and
(xvi) production of appropriate records and reporting of results and environmental issues.
(821) A copy of the lrrigation Management Plan must be kept at the approved place.
(822) The holder of this development approval must not implement an lrrigation Management Plan or
amend an lrrigation Management Plan where such implementation or amendment would result in a
contravention of any condition of this development approval.
(E23) The holder of this development approval must submit details of any amendment to the lrrigation
Management Plan to the administering authority with the annual return which immediately follows the
enactment of any such amendment.
SCHEDULE F . NOISE
Emission of Noise
(F1) ln the event of a complaint about noise that constitutes intrusive noise being made to the
administering authority, that the administering authority considers is not frivolous or vexatious, then
the emission of noise from the approved place must not result in levels greater than those specified
in Schedule F - Table 1.
SCHEDULEF.TABLEI
11 22
1
Permit includes licences, approvals, permits, authorisations, certificates, sanction, "age
o1
General
(G1) Waste must not be released to the environment, stored, transferred or disposed of contrary to any
condition of this development approval.
(i) allow waste to burn or be burnt at or on the approved place excepting as permitted in a
condition of this development approval; nor
(ii) remove waste from the approved place and burn such waste elsewhere.
(G3) Where regulated waste is removed from the approved place (other than by a release as permitted
under another schedule of this development approval), the holder of this development approval must
monitor and keep records of the following:
(NOTE: Records of documents maintained in compliance with a waste tracking system established
under the Environmental Protection Act 1994 or any other law for regulated waète will be deemed to
satisfy this condition.)
(G4) Regulated waste must not be released to the environment, stored, transferred or disposed of
contrary to any condition of this development approval.
Complaint Recording
(H1) All complaints received by the holder of this development approval relating to releases of
contaminants from operations at the approved place must be recorded and kept in a log with the
following details:
(H3) The notification of emergencies or incidents as required by condition H2 must include but not be
limited to the following:
(H4) Not more than 14 days following the initial notification of an emergency or incident, the holder of the
development approval must provide written advice of the information supplied in accordance with
condition H3 in addition to:
(H5) As soon as practicable, but not more than six weeks following the conduct of any environmental
monitoring performed in relation to the emergency or incident, which results in the release of
contaminants not in accordance, or reasonably expected to be not in accordance with the conditions
of this development approval, the holder of the development approval must provide written advice of
the results of any such monitoring performed to the administering authority.
1Permitincludeslicences,approvals,permits,authorisations,certificat",,,"n",iffi22
or equivalent/similar as required by legislation administered by the
Department of Environment and Resource Management
ecoaccess
et ¿viru¡rneftfal |teênre I afió pttr$lil:s
(H6) All determinations of the quality of contaminants released to waters must be made in accordance
with methods prescribed in the Water Quality Sampling Manual, 3rd Edition, December 1999, or
more recent additions or supplements to that document as such become available.
(H7) All determinations of the quality of contaminants released must be performed by a person or body
possessing appropriate experience and qualifications to perform the required measurements.
Noise Monitoring
(H8) For the purposes of checking compliance with condition F1 and investigating any complaint of noise
annoyance, monitoring and recording of the noise levels from the activity/activities must be
undertaken for the following descriptors, characteristics and conditions:
(Hg) ln conjunction with the measurement and recording of noise, the following parameters and conditions
must be recorded:
(H10) Monitoring must also be undertaken to investigate any complaint of unreasonable and intrusive noise
upon receipt of a written request from the administering authority to carry out such monitoring.
(H11) The method of measurement and reporting of noise levels must comply with the Noise Measurement
Manual, 3rd edition, March 2000, or more recent additions or supplements to that document as
become available.
(H12) The measurement and reporting of noise levels must be undertaken by a person or body possessing
appropriate experience and qualifications to perform the required measurements.
Incident Recording
(H13) A record must be maintained of at least the following events:
(¡) the time, date and duration of equipment malfunctions where the failure of the equipment
resulted in the release of contaminants reasonably likely to cause environmental harm;
(¡¡) any uncontrolled release of contaminants reasonably likely to cause environmental harm;
and
(i¡i) any emergency involving the release of contaminants reasonably likely to cause material or
serious environmental harm requiring the use of fire fighting equipment.
Exception Reporting
(H14) The holder of this development approval must notify the administering authority in writing of any
monitoring result that indicates an exceedance of or non-compliance with any approval limit within 28
days of completion of analysis.
1 ----_Pag€14-of 22
Permit includes licences, approvals, permits, authorisations, certificates, sanction s
or equivalent/similar as required by legislation administered by the
Department of Environment and Resource Management
ecoaccssg
at',;/þQftntviìtl li:t;;!t tr!; arìé rûnitf;
(H15) The written notification required by condition number H14 above must include:
(i) the full analysis results; and
(ii) details of investigation or corrective actions taken; and
(iii) any subsequent analysis.
Monitoring of Contaminant Releases from the Sewage Treatment Plant to the Wet
Weather Storage Dam
(H16) The holder of this development approval is responsible for the making of determinations and keeping
of records of the quality of the contaminants released from the sewage treatment plant for the quality
characteristics and at the frequency specified in Schedule H - Table 1:
SCHEDULEH.TABLEl
Monitoring of Gontam¡nants Released to Land from the Wet Weather Storage Dam
(H18) The holder of this development approval is responsible for the making of determinations and keeping
of records of the quality of the contaminants released from the Wet Weather Storage Dam for the
quality characteristics, and at the frequency specified in Schedule H - Table 2:
SCHEDULEH.TABLE2
1
[ageTïof 22
Permit includes licences, approvals, permits, authorisations, certificates, sanctions
or equivalent/similar as required by legislation administered by the
Department of Environment and Resource Management
ecoaccess
ûlvt!()!1t t7tftiäi f¡c¡;*¡ tr"'2r'$''¡' ¡..1 ¡1,
(H21) All determinations of the quality of contaminants released must be performed by a person or body
possessing appropriate experience and qualifications to perform the required measurements.
(H23) The holder of this development approval must keep records of the volume, date, time of
commencement and duration of each occasion on which any release of contaminants is made to the
contaminant release area.
(H24) The holder of this development approval must develop and implement a Contaminant Release Area
Monitoring Program to effectively monitor the condition of the land to which contaminants are
released.
(H25) Monitoring required by Condition H24 shall include the taking of top soil and sub-soil samples from at
least thirty (30) representative sites for the quality characteristics and at the frequency specified in
ScheduleH-Table3.
SCHEDULEH.TABLE3
QUALIW CHARACTERISTICS
PH pH scale Everv 2 vears
Sodium Adsorption Ratio (1:5 Soil/water calculated Every 2 years
mix)
Calcium/Magnesium Ratici (l :5 Soil/water calculated Every 2 years
mix)
Exchanoeable Cations mq/L Everv 2 vears
Total Cations mq/L Everv 2 vears
Specific Conductance or electrical ¡rS/cm Every 2 years
conclrctivilv
TotalAluminium mo/L Everv 2 vears
TotalArsenic mq/L Everv 2 vears
Total Barium mq/L Everv 2 vears
Boron mq/L Everv 2 vears
TotalCadmium mq/L Everv 2 vears
Total Chromium mq/L Everv 2 vears
Hexavalent Chromium mo/L Everv 2 vears
TotalCobalt mq/L Everv 2 vears
TotalCopoer mq/L Everv 2 vears
Total lron mo/L Everv 2 vears
Total Lead mq/L Everv 2 vears
Total Lithium mo/L Everv 2 vears
Total Manoanese mo/L Everv 2 vears
Total Molvbdenum mo/L Everv 2 vears
Total Nickel mo/L Everv 2 vears
Total Nitrooen mq/L Everv 2 vears
Phosohorus (extractable) ms/L Everv 2 vears
Potassium (available) mq/L Everv 2 vears
Potassiu m (extractable) mq/L Everv 2 vears
TotalSilver mo/L Everv 2 vears
TotalStrontium mq/L Everv 2 vears
TotalZinc mq/L Everv 2 vears
Total Calcium lexchanoeable) mq/L Everv 2 vears
TotalChloride mo/L Everv 2 vears
Total Maonesium (exchanoeable) mq/L Everv 2 vears
Total Sodium (exchanqeable) mq/L Everv 2 vears
(H26) The Contaminant Release Area Monitoring Program must include but not be limited to the following:
(i) the locations of monitoring stations including soil types and depths; and
(ii) the proposed vegetation characteristics to be monitored.
1Permitincludeslicences,approvals,permits,"utno,¡22
or equivalent/similar as required by legislation administered by the
Department of Environment and Resource Management
ecoaccess
et',vi Kl!¿rn ø nfat [icëa t;e$ ðßó t]è r]lniîs
(H27) The holder of this development approval must submit with each annual return a report on the
Contaminant Release Area Monitoring Program including an assessment of the impact and
sustainability of the application of treated sewage wastes to the contaminant release area. This
report shall include an interpretation of the results and conclusions by an expert in the field of effluent
land disposal.
(H28) All determinations of the condition of the contaminant release area must be made by a person or
body registered by the National Association of Testing Authorities (NATA) for the required
determinations.
(H29) Records must be kept of the results of all monitoring carried out under the Contaminant Release
Area Monitoring Program for a period of at least five (S) years.
1
Permit includes licences, approvals, permits, authorisations, certificates, sanctions Paç,el8-of 22
or equivalenVsimilar as required by legislation administered by the
Department of Environment and Resource Management
ecoaccess
aJ>viïtyír1Ò n¡al lr*.þ üt;es ?tÐd Ðt:)t Ðtits
SCHEDULE I . DEFINITIONS
For the purposes of this development approval the following definitions apply:
General Definitions
(11) "Act" means lhe Environmental Protection Act 1994.
(12) "administering authorify" means the Department of Environment and Resource Management or its
successor.
(13) "AMTD" means Adopted Middle Thread Distance as per the Queensland Water Resources
Commission publication entitled "Atlas of AMTD Maps, January 1984".
(14) "authorised person" means a person holding office as an authorised person under an appointment
under the Environmental Protection Act 1994 by the chief executive or chief executive officer of a
local government.
Laee,1 being the A-weighted sound pressure level exceeded for 90 percent of the time period not less
than 15 minutes, using Fast response, or
La6o 1 being the arithmetic average of the minimum readings measured in the absence of the noise
under investiqation during a representative time period of not less than 15 minutes, using Fast
response.
(lB) "dewatered" means the material does not yield free liquid and "free liquid" means liquid which
readily separates from the solid portion of a waste under ambient temperature and pressure as
determined by Method 9095 (Paint Filter Liquids Test) described in "U,S. EPA: Free Liquids (Paint
Filter)" Federal Register, Vol.50, No.83, page 18370, April30, 1985.
(19) "drum" means any individual container for holding a chemical and having a capacity of not more that
250 litres.
(110) "dry weather day" refers to a day during which no rainfall is recorded at any rainfall measuring
station recognised by the Commonwealth Bureau of Meteorology within the sewered area connected
to the sewage treatment plant, or if no such measuring station exists, at the nearest such station to
the sewage treatment plant. The term also excludes days during which recorded rainfall over the
three preceding days exceeds 100 mm.
(111) "dry weather flow" refers to a day during which no rain falls within the catchment of the sewage
treatment plant for the commencement of measurement for that day. The term also excludes days
during which measurement is made which occur within three days following cumulative rainfall of 100
mm over the three preceding days.
(112) "dwelling" as mentioned in Schedule 5 of the Environmental Protection (Noise) Policy 1997 means
any of the following structures or vehicles that is principally used as a residence:
(a) a house, unit, motel, nursing home or other building or part of a building;
JPermitincludeslicences,approvals,permits,",.no,¡,2
or equivalenVsimilar as required by legislation administered by the
Department of Environment and Resource Management
ecoaccess
etvìrÒJyïÐr,f ai liÇ#{lc$ s atìai pûrß.ilx
(113) 'ogroundwater monitoring system" means a system of groundwater monitoring devices, such as
monitoring bores, used to provide data in respect to the level and quality of groundwater in the
uppermost aquifer where the location of the groundwater monitoring devices is such that
comparisons of groundwater quality and groundwater level can be made between groundwater
flowing from beneath the site (down-gradient flow) of the activity and groundwater flowing towards
the site of the activity (up-gradient flow).
(114) "infíltration" means allflows entering a sewage reticulation system other than those flows that are
legally permitted to enter the sewage reticulation system. lnfiltration may be from:
(115) "intrusive noíse" - means noise that, because of its frequency, duration, level, tonal
characteristics, impulsiveness or vibration -
ln determining whether a noise annoys an individual and is unreasonably intrusive, regard must be
had to Australian Standard 1055.2 - 1989 Acoustics - Description and Measurement of
Environmental Noise Part2 - Application to Specific Situations.
(116) "LA."*"dj,¡ " means the average maximum A-weighted sound pressure level, adjusted for noise
character and measured over a time period of not less than 15 minutes, using Fast response.
(117) "land" in any Land Application Schedule, means land excluding waters and the atmosphere.
(118) "landfill facility" means land and structures at the licensed place used for the disposal of solid
waste.
(119) "leachate" means a liquid that has passed through or emerged from, or is likely to have passed
through or emerged from, a material stored, processed or disposed of at the licensed place that
contains soluble, suspended or miscible contaminants likely to have been derived from the said
material.
(120) "limited regulated waste" means any of the following regulated wastes - asbestos, infectious
substances or quarantine waste that has been rendered non-infectious, contaminated soil, fish
processing waste, food processing waste, poultry processing waste, tyres or treatment tank sludge or
residue produced in sewage treatment or water treatment plants.
(121) "long term 50 percentile compliance" means that the median value of the measured values in
ranked order of the qualíty characteristic is not to exceed the stated release limit for any fifty (50)
consecutive samples where
(i) the consecutive samples are taken over a one year period;
(ii) the consecutive samples are taken at approximately equal periods; and
(i¡i) the time interval between the taking of each consecutive sample is not less than six days,
(122) "long term 80 percentile compliance" means that not more than ten (10) of the measured values
of the quality characteristic are to exceed the stated release limit for any fifty (50) consecutive
samples where:
(i) the consecutive samples are taken over a one year period;
(ii) the consecutive samples are taken at approximately equal periods; and
(iii) the time interval between the taking of each consecutive sample is not less than six days.
(123) "maximum" means that the measured value of the quality characteristic or contaminant must not be
greater than the release limit stated.
(124) "MaxLpa¡" means the maximum A-weighted sound pressure level measured over a time period of
not less than 15 minutes, using Fast response.
(125) "median" means the middle value, where half the data are smaller, and half the data are larger. lf
the number of samples is even, the median is the arithmetic average of the two middle values.
(128) "noise sensitive place" as mentioned in Schedule 5 of lhe Environmental Protection (Noise) Policy
1997 means any of the following places:
(130) "offensive" means causing offence or displeasure; is disagreeable to the senses; disgusting,
nauseous or repulsive.
(131) "range" means that the measured value of the quality characteristic or contaminant must not be
greater than the higher release limit stated nor less than the lower release limit stated.
(132) "regulated waste" means non-domestic waste mentioned in Schedule 7 of the Environmental
Protection Regulation 2008 whether or not it has been treated o immobilised and includes -
(133) "short term 50 percentile compliance" means that the median value of the measured values in
ranked order of the quality characteristic is not to exceed the stated release limit for any five (5)
consecutive samples where:
(i) the consecutive samples are taken over a five week period;
(ii) the consecutive samples are taken at approximately equal periods; and
(iii) the time interval between the taking of each consecutive sample is not less than six days,
(134) "shott term 80 percentile compliance" means that not more than one (1) of the measured values
of the quality characteristic are to exceed the stated release limit for any five (5) consecutive samples
where:
(i) the consecutive samples are taken over a five week period;
1Permitincludeslicences,approvals,permits,",tno,¡22
or equivalent/similar as required by legislation administered by the
Department of Environment and Resource Management
ecoaccess
e*vrcnfttental hcsriçes aod pa$rlils
(ii) the consecutive samples are taken at approximately equal periods; and
(iii) the time interval between the taking of each consecutive sample is not less than six days.
(137) "total Nitrogen" means the sum of Organic Nitrogen, Ammonia, Nitrite plus Nitrate, as mg/L of
Nitrogen.
(l3B) "total Phosphorus" means the sum of the reactive phosphorus, acid-hydrolysable phosphorus and
organic phosphorus, as mg/L of Phosphorus. This includes both the inorganic and organic fraction of
phosphorus.
(139) "uppermost aquifer" means the geologic formation nearest to the natural ground surface that is an
aquifer, The term includes any aquifers that are likely to be hydraulically interconnected with this
aquifer within the landfill facility property boundary.
1
Permit includes licences, approvals, permits, authorisations, certificates, sanction s Pagezõf 22
or equivalenVsimilar as required by legislation administered by the
Department of Environment and Resource Management
Department of Environment
and Resource Management Notice
Ghange to a development approval
This notice ls rssued by the Depar-tment of Environment and Resource Management pursuant to secfion 376 of the
Susfarnab/e Planning Act 2009 ("the Act").
Property/Location description :
Lot3 5P213172
Cribb Road, BRENDALE QLD 4500
Page 1 of3.091217
Department of Environment and Resource Management
www.derm.qld.gov,au ABN 46 640 294 485 Ñ, qu.ensland Government
Notice
Change to a development approval
3. The decision for the request to change a development approval made on 24 June 2010 is to
approve the request.
4. Attached is a copy of the amended development approval. Please note that the permit reference
number has changed from ENDC00419305 to SPCE00766210.
. Add a list of existing pump stations that trigger the threshold for 63(1)(b).
The actual changes made to the approval, after agreement, are as follows:
. Lot on Plan details have been amended.
6. lf this notice is given to the person who made the request, or to an entity that gave DERM as the
responsible entity a notice under section 373 of the Act or a pre-request response notice, or if this
notice is given by DERM as a concurrence agency and the concurrence agency's decision is to
refuse the request or approve the request on conditions, such person or entity may appeal against
the decision and the attached extract from the Act states how the person or entity may appeal.
Attachments
. Information Sheet - Appeals - Sustainable Planning Act 2009 (extract from the Sustainable Planning Aet
200e)
. Copy of the amended development approval
located at:
Brendale Sewage Treatment Plant, Cribb Road, BRENDALE QLD 4500
The pump stations listed in the following table are covered by this development approval:
PS203 Aones Street. Albanv Creek Within the Aqnes Road Reserve
PS2O4 Stanton Reserve, Tanagar Street, Cash's Crossing, Lot 800 Plan S112499
Albanv Creek
PS205 Leitchs Park, Bevlin Court, Albanv Creek Lot 110 Plan RP125625
PS2O6 Doug Stevens Park, Riversleigh Crescent, Eatons Lot 507 Plan SP153889
Hiil
P5211 2 Fairhaven Place, Albany Creek Lol27 Plan RP883050
PS230 Brendale Wastewater Treatment Plant, Cribb Road, Lot 3 Plan 5P213172
Brendale
PS23I 1 Leitchs Road, Brendale Lot 109 RP153705
P5232 95 South Pine Road, Brendale Lot I Plan RP158258
PS233 Johnstone Road, Brendale Lot 1 Plan RP176114
PS234 34 Leonard Crescent, Brendale Lot I 11 Plan RP809895
PS235 Access via Kenworth Place, Brendale Lot 99 Plan SP122845
Nolan Road lNolan Park)
P5241 Brendale Street, Brendale Lot 19 Plan RP123982
PS259 Colins Road. Arlinqton Staqe 2 Lot 991 Plan SP132804
PS260 Francis Road, Arana Hills Lot 1 RP195917 &Lot 3 Plan
sP1 36800
PS261 Cabrilla Street, Everton Hills Lot401 Plan RP176878
PS602 29 Station Road, Samford Lot 6 Plan RP865540
1
Permit includes licences, approvals, permits, authorisations, certificates, sanctions
or equivalent/similar as required by legislation administered by the
Department of Environment and Resource Management
ecoaccess
{tlyiro!}mçgld J¡ççnÐ{t:i aKi Ðçrrj:'rîs
The environmentally relevant activity must be constructed, operated and maintained in accordance with the
conditions as set out in the attached schedule of conditions.
It is a requirement oT the Environmental Protection Act 1994 that if the owner or occupier of this site becomes
aware a Notifiable Activity (as defined under schedule 3 of the Environmental Protection A:ct 1994) is being
carried out on this land or that the land has been affected by a hazardous contaminant, they must, within 22
business days after becoming aware the activity is being carried out, give notice to the Administering
Authority. A list of Notifiable Activities is provided within Schedule 3 of the Environmental Protection Act
1994.
Appeal
This development approval is issued pursuant to section 621 of lhe Environmentat Protection Act 1gg4. The
rights of review and appeal are attached to this notice.
This development approval takes effect 10 Business days after you receive this notice, or if there is an
appeal from the day the appeal is finally decided or is otherwise ended.
A nz/*L
.. aoto
. .. .
/t -..-
Signed 6ate
Deena Murray
Manager (Moreton Bay)
Environmental Services North
South East Region, DERM
Delegate of Administering Authority
Environmental Protection Act 1994
1 Page2 of 22
Permit includes licences, approvals, permits, authorisations, certificates, sanctions
or equivalenVsimilar as required by legislation administered by the
Department of Environment and Resource Management
$t1vitÐt ìNnnfiNâl [tcçi fi$$s rxJd pn,ll4ils
(a) maintain all plant and equipment in a proper and efficient condition; and
(b) operate all plant and equipment in a proper and efficient manner.
(i) any plant and equipment used to prevent and/or minimise the likelihood of environmental
harm being caused;
(ii) any devices and structures to contain foreseeable escapes of contaminants and waste;
(iii) any vehicles used to transport waste;
(iv) any device or structure used to store, handle, treat or dispose of waste;
(v) any monitoring equipment and associated alarms; and
(vi) any backup systems that act in the event of failure of a primary system.
Records
(A3) Any records or documents are required to be kept by a condition of this development approval must
be kept where practicable to do so at the approved place at which the activities are carried out and at
the Pine River Shire Council Chambers for, except as othenvise provided, a period of at least five (5)
years and be available for examination by an authorised person. The record retention requirements
of this condition will be satisfied if any daily and weekly records are kept for a period of at least three
(3) years and these records are then kept in the form of annual summaries after that period.
Alterations
(44) No change, replacement or operation of any plant or equipment is permitted if the change,
replacement or operation of the plant or equipment increases, or is likely to substantially increase,
the risk of environmental harm above that expressly provided by this development approval.
1
Permit includes licences, approvals, permits, authorisations, certificates, sanction, Page 3 ol 22
or equivalent/similar as required by legislation administered by the
Department of Environment and Resource Management
ecoaccess
\)rtvira!;ß1D n¡.* lia.rj:iÇt li StXl í>tlril',iis
An example of a substantial increase in the risk of environmental harm is an increase of 10o/o or more
in the quantity of the contaminant to be released into the environment.
Calibration
(45) All instruments and devices used for the measurement or monitoring of any parameter under any
condition of this development approval must be calibrated, and appropriately operated and
maintained.
Trained Operators
(46) All persons engaged in the conduct of the activity, including but not limited to employees and contract
staff, must b.e:
Nuisance
(47) Notwithstanding any other condition of this development approval, this development approval does
not authorise any release of contaminants which causes or is likely to cause an environmental
nuisance beyond the boundaries of the approved place.
(Ag) The registered operator must implement the lntegrated Environmental Management System (IEMS)
submitted with the application for development approval and ensure that the implemented lntegrated
Environmental Management System provides for the effective and appropriate management by the
registered operator of the actual and potential environmental impacts resulting from the carrying out
of the environmentally relevant activities.
(410) An up to date copy of the lntegrated Environmental Management System must be kept at the Unity
Water Headquarters and, where practicable to do so, at the approved place at which the activities
are carried out.
(411) The registered operator must not implement an lntegrated Environmental Management System or
amend the lntegrated Environmental Management System where such implementation or
amendment would result in a contravention of any condition of this development approval.
1
Permit includes licences, approvals, permits, authorisations, certificates, sanctions age 4 of 22
or equivalent/similar as required by legislation administered by the
Department of Environment and Resource Management
ecoacces$ :lxi ¿lfld liâ¿a|¡N
( 12) The registered operator must submit details of any amendment to the lntegrated Environmental
Management System annually to the administering authority with the Annual Return which
immediately follows the enactment of any such amendment.
(414) The Site-Based Management Plan must address at least the following matters:
(A15) An up to date copy of the relevant Site-Based Environmental Management Plan (including any
issue/site-specific environmental management plans required to be developed and implemented
under the conditions of this development approval) must be kept at the approved place to which that
plan relates, or if such is not practicable, at a place readily accessible to personnel that are carrying
out the environmentally relevant activity, and be available for examination by an authorised person
on request.
(416) The registered operator, must develop and implement an effective and appropriate Plan for the
Management of Blue-Green Algae within any associated storage pond. The plan should detail how
the registered operator will manage the actual and potential environmental impacts resulting from
any occurrence of blue-green algal outbreaks.
( 17) The Management Plan for Blue-Green Algae must address at least the following matters:
(Af 8) A copy of the Management Plan for Blue-Green Algae must be kept at the approved place.
Page 5 ol 22
1
Permit includes licences, approvals, permits, authorisations, certificates, sanctiona
or equivalent/similar as required by legislation administered by the
Department of Environment and Resource Management
ecoaccess
o,rv¡aot2!áenNal ìiîartt;r)i aß4 rafirils
(A19) The registered operator must not implement a Management Plan for Blue-Green Algae or amend a
Management Plan for Blue-Green Algae where such implementation or amendment would result in a
contravention of any condition of this development approval.
SCHEDULE B. AIR
(81) Except as otherwise provided by the conditions of the air schedule, the environmentally relevant
activity must be carried out by such practicable means necessary to prevent the release or likelihood
of release of contaminants to the atmosphere.
(82) Where it is not practicable to prevent the release of contaminants to the atmosphere as required by
condition 81, the environmentally relevant activity must be carried out by such practicable means
necessary to minimise the release or likelihood of any such release of contaminants to the
atmosphere.
(83) Notwithstanding any other condition of this development approval, no release of contaminants from
the approved place is to cause a noxious or offensive odour beyond the boundaries of the approved
place.
SCHEDULE C . WATER
(C2) The Emergency Response/Contingency Plan must address at least the following matters:
(vi) the training of staff that will be called upon to respond to a release;
(vii) procedures to investigate the cause of any release, and where necessary, implement
remedial actions to reduce the likelihood of recurrence of a similar event;
(viii) the provision and availability of documented procedures to staff attending any release to
enable them to effectively respond;
(ix) timely and accurate reporting of the circumstances and nature of release events to the
adm inistering authority;
(x) periodic estimation of the catchment population serviced by the pump station and hence
daily dry weather flow to minimise any likelihood of the design capacity of the pump station
being exceeded; and
(xi) the need to install screens be investigated and screens installed where appropriate and
beneficial.
(Ca) A copy of the Emergency Response/Contingency PIan and any subsequent amendment of the
Emergency Response/Contingency Plan must be kept at the approved place and be available for
examination by an authorised person on request.
(C4) An updated list of all pump stations connected to the sewage treatment plant must be forwarded to
the administering authority with each Annual Return.
(C6) Contaminated wastewater generated from washing and/or degreasing of any vehicles, any plant and
any equipment must be collected and:
(i) treated and disposed of to sewer with the approval of the relevant Local Government in
accordance with a tradewaste permit; or
(ii) transported for disposal, recycled, reprocessed or treated at a facility that can lawfully accept
such waste.
(C7) The only contaminants permitted to be released from the approved place at the release point W1 are
sewage effluents from the treatment plant.
Release Points
(C8) Contaminants must not be directly or indirectly released from any source on the approved place to
any waters at any location other than the contaminants and sources at the locations listed below:
1
Permit includes licences, approvals, permits, authorisations, certificates, sanctions PageT o'f 22
or equivalent/similar as required by legislation administered by the
Department of Environment and Resource Management
ecoacceSs
dlvtrÒtvtlÈtïì þctrDe !; ûtï{}
2¡! rçÏtì¡îs
(C11) Notwithstanding the quality characteristic limits specified in Schedule C Table 1, the release of
contaminants to waters must comply with the following qualitative characteristics:
(¡) The release must not have any properties nor contain any organisms or other contaminants
which are capable of causing environmental harm.
(ii) The release must not produce any slick or other visible evidence of oil or grease, nor contain
visible floating oil, grease, scum, litter or other objectionable matter.
1
Permit includes licences, approvals, permits, authorisations, certificates, sanctions Page 8 of 22
or equivalent/similar as required by legislation administered by the
Department of Environment and Resource Management
eco& gs
(j't ltrcrút\) tI liJi |ict,\ tit;û !; ?Jü é pp(t?i|s
(C12) The only pump station permitted to release contaminants to any waters is that listed below at the
correspondi ng overflow location :
203 Agnes Street, Albanv Creek Stormwater drain to South Pine River
204 Tanagar Street, Albany Creek South Pine River
205 Bevlin Crescent. Albanv Creek Sandv Creek/South Pine River
211 The Boulevard, Albanv Creek South Pine River
220 Cash's Crossino, Eaton's Hill South Pine River
221 Bunva Park Drive, Eaton's Hill South Pine River
232 South Pine Road, Brendale Conflaqration Ck/South Pine River
233 Johnstone Road. Brendale Ooen Drain/South Pine River
234 Leonard Crescent, Brendale Open drain/Conflagration Ck/South Pine
River
235 Nolan Road, Brendale Stormwater/South Pine River
241 Brendale Street, Brendale Stormwater/Ooen Drain/South Pine River
260 Francis Road. Arana Hills Cabbaoe Tree Creek
261 Cabrilla Street. Everton Hills Cabbaoe Tree Creek
(C13) The pump station whose failure will result in a direct or indirect release of contaminants to waters
must be fitted with a stand-by pump and pump-failure alarm. Pump failure alarm must be able to
operate without mains power.
(C14) No release of contaminants from the pump station or other ancillary works shall occur except as a
result of power failure, excessive rainfall, accidental damage or other emergency.
(D1) Except as otherwise provided by the conditions of the stormwater management schedule and the
water schedule of this development approval, the environmentally relevant activity must be carried
out by such practicable means necessary to prevent and/or minimise the release or likelihood of
release of contaminated runoff from the approved place to any stormwater drain or waters or the bed
or banks of any such waters. "Contaminated runoff' for the purposes of this condition means
stormwater and/or stormwater runoff that contains contaminants that may cause environmental harm.
1
sanction. Page9 of 22
Perrnit includes licences, approvals, permits, authorisations, certificates,
or equivalenUsimilar as required by legislation administered by the
Department of Environment and Resource Management
ecoaccess
]iîþ?co
êrìvïotltnelllal aßd pr,ÍrìiÌs
(D3) Any spillage of waste, contaminants or other materials must be cleaned up as quickly as practicable.
Such spíllages must not be cleaned up by hosing, sweeping or otherwise releasing such waste,
contaminants or material to any stormwater drainage system, roadside gutter or waters.
Bunding
(D5) All chemical tank storages must be bunded so that the capacity of the bund is sufficient to contain at
least 100% of the largest storage tank plus 10% of the second largest tank within the bund.
(D6) All chemical drum storages must be bunded so that the capacity of the bund is sufficient to contain at
least 25% of the maximum design storage volume within the bund.
(D7) All bunding must be constructed of materials which are impervious to the materials stored.
(D8) The base and walls of àll bunded areas must be maintained free from gaps or cracks.
(Df 0) Where it is impractical to completely roof a bunded area the registered operator must ensure that any
stormwater captured within the bund is free from contaminants or wastes prior to any release.
(D1 1) All empty drums must be stored with their closures in place.
Minimise Sewer lnfiltration
(D12) The registered operator must take all reasonable and practicable measures to minimise infiltration.
(D13) For the purposes of demonstrating compliance with condition D12, the registered operator must
periodically report to the administering authority on the following matters:
(D14) The initial repor! must be lodged with the administering authority by 1 July 1998 with subsequent
reports to be lodged with the annual return in 2000 and at least once every two (2) years thereafter.
1
Permit includes licences, approvals, permits, authorisations, certificates, sanctions Page 10 of 22
or equivalenUsimilar as required by legislation administered by the
Department of Environment and Resource Management
ecoaccgss û JvircrllnD nl+l 1ii6ì¡irr'5 íìtld plrt'ti?/is
(82) Except as otherwise provided by the conditions of the land schedule of this development approval,
the environmentally relevant activity must be carried out by such practicable means necessary to
prevent the release or likelihood of release of contaminants to land.
(E3) Where it is not practicable to prevent any release of contaminants to land as required by condition
E2, the environmentally relevant activity must be carried out by such practicable means necessary to
minimise the release or likelihood of release of any such contaminants to land.
Description of Gontam¡nants
(E4) The only contaminants allowed to be released to land are sewage effluents from the treatment plant.
(E5) Treated sewage effluent used for irrigation purposes, or supplied to another party for irrigation
purposes or other use, must comply with the quality characteristics specified in Schedule C Table 1.
(E7) The release of contaminants to land must not be carried out within 50 metres of any watercourse.
(E8) The release of contaminants to land must not be carried out if soil moisture conditions are such that
surface runoff or ponding is likely to occur.
(E9) Spray from any release of contaminants to land must not drift beyond the boundaries of the approved
place.
(E10) Public access to any contaminant release area must be denied during the release of contaminants to
land and untilthe release area has dried.
(E1 1) Pipelines and fittings for the release of contaminants to land must be clearly identified. Standard
water taps, hoses and cocks must not be fitted to contaminant release pipelines, and the
contaminant release system must not be connected to other service pipelines. Lockable valves or
removable handles must be fitted to the contaminant release pipelines where there is public access
to the contaminant release areas.
1
Permit includes licences, approvals, permits, authorisations, certificates, sanctions Page 11 of 22
or equivalent/similar as required by legislation administered by the
Department of Environment and Resource Management
ecoaccess
(ìt ì\/¡ t Ot|ft 1çn{ã ! /i(t:) ti CC:; ?}ttd
?çftiltÌS
SCHEDULE F . NOISE
Emission of Noise
(F1) ln the event of a complaint about noise that constitutes intrusive noise being made to the
administering authority, that the administering authority considers is not frivolous or vexatious, then
the emission of noise from the approved place must not result in levels greater than those specified
in Schedule F - Table 1.
SCHEDULE F TABLE 1
General
(G1) Waste must not be released to the environment, stored, transferred or disposed of contrary to any
condition of this development approval.
(i) allow waste to burn or be burnt at or on the approved place excepting as permitted in a
condition of this development approval; nor
(ii) remove waste from the approved place and burn such waste elsewhere.
1 Page 12 of 22
Permit includes licences, approvals, permits, authorisations, certificates, sanctions
or equivalent/similar as required by legislation administered by the
Department of Environment and Resource Management
ecoacc€ss
o,1vìt#vüt n|àl ti<:i]fiÇr\ï ¿{ìd pt}rþi*
(G3) Where regulated waste is removed from the approved place (other than by a release as permitted
under another schedule of this development approval), the registered operator must monitor and
keep records of the following:
(NOTE: Records of documents maintained in compliance with a waste tracking system established
under the Environmental Protection Act 1994 or any other law for regulated waste will be deemed to
satisfy this condition.)
(G4) Regulated waste must not be released to the environment, stored, transferred or disposed of
contrary to any condition of this development approval.
Complaint Recording
(H1) All complaints received by the registered operator relating to releases of contaminants from
operations at the approved place must be recorded and kept in a log with the following details:
1
Permit includes licences, approvals, permits, authorisations, certificates, sanction, Page 13 of 22
or equivalent/similar as required by legislation administered by the
Department of Environment and Resource Management
etrvi!öntnÊfi |a! l¡îoftçfls afi{i paftnits
(H3) The notification of emergencies or incidents as required by condition H2 must include but not be
limited to the following:
(H4) Not more than 14 days following the initial notification of an emergency or incident, the holder of the
development approval must provide written advice of the information supplied in accordance with
condition H3 in addition to:
(H5) As soon as practicable, but not more than six weeks following the conduct of any environmental
monitoring performed in relation to the emergency or incident, which results in the release of
contaminants not in accordance, or reasonably expected to be not in accordance with the conditions
of this development approval, the holder of the development approval must provide written advice of
the results of any such monitoring performed to the administering authority.
(H7) All determinations of the quality of contaminants released must be performed by a person or body
possessing appropriate experience and qualifications to perform the required measurements.
Noise Monitoring
(H8) For the purposes of checking compliance with condition F1 and investigating any complaint of noise
annoyance, monitoring and recording of the noise levels from the activity/activities must be
undertaken for the following descriptors, characteristics and conditions:
(Hg) ln conjunction with the measurement and recording of noise, the following parameters and conditions
must be recorded:
1 Page 14 of 22
Permit includes licences, approvals, permits, authorisations, certificates, sanctions
or equivalent/similar as required by legislation administered by the
Department of Environment and Resource Management
tìt1'¿i rö t1ffi û nl ä ! hî{J#üt}$ áìtJd pûfuìils
(H10) Monitoring must also be undertaken to investigate any complaint of unreasonable and intrusive noise
upon receipt of a written request from the administering authority to carry out such monitoring.
(H11) The method of measurement and reporting of noise levels must comply with the Noise Measurement
Manual, 3rd edition, March 2000, or more recent additions or supplements to that document as
become available.
(H12) The measurement and reporting of noise levels must be undertaken by a person or body possessing
appropriate experience and qualifications to perform the required measurements.
lncident Recording
(H13) A record must be maintained of at least the following events:
(i) the time, date and duration of equipment malfunctions where the failure of the equipment
resulted in the release of contaminants reasonably likely to cause environmental harm;
(ii) any uncontrolled release of contaminants reasonably likely to cause environmental harm;
and
(iii) any emergency involving the release of contaminants reasonably likely to cause material or
serious environmental harm requiring the use of fire fighting equipment.
Exceptlon Reporting
(H14) The registered operator must notify the administering authority in writing of any monitoring result that
indicates an exceedance of or non-compliance with any approval limit within 28 days of completion of
analysis.
(H15) The written notification required by condition number H14 above must include:
(H17) ln developing the Receiving Environment Monitoring Program, the registered operator must:
(i) submit a proposal for the Receiving Environment Monitoring Program to the administering
authority for its review and comment:
(a) in the case of the registered operator not becoming a "participating member" as
defined in condition H24,90 days from the date this development approval takes
effect; or
(b) in the case of the registered operator ceasing to be a "participating member" as
defined in condition H24, 60 days from the date the registered operator ceases to be
a "participating member"; and
(ii) ensure the proposed program describes and addresses at least the following:
1
Permit includes licences, approvals, permits, authorisations, certificates, sanctions Page 15 of 22
or equivalent/similar as required by legislation administered by the
Department of Environment and Resource Management
ecoaccess eftvircmfialnlal fi.lëfiçi,s aûd Dèrlt;ls
(c) description of selected physico-chemical and biological indicators and reasons for
their inclusion;
(d) the proposed monitoring locations including control locations and reasons for their
selection;
(e) the proposed sampling depths;
(f) the frequency of sampling and analysis;
(g) any historical data sets to be relied upon; and
(h) description of the statistical basis on which conclusions are drawn; and
(i¡i) have due regard to the comments of the administering authority in the finalisation of the
Receiving Environment Monitoring Program.
(H1B) ln evaluating the effect of the release on environmental values of receiving environment,
consideration must be given to at least the followrng:
(i) water quality criteria specified in the Australian & New Zealand Environment & Conservation
Council's "Australian Water Quality Guidelines for Fresh and Marine Waters", November
1992; and
(ii) any Environmental Protection Policies enacted under Queensland's Environmental
Protection Act 1994 concerning water quality and ecosystems; and
(iii) any relevant reports produced with respect to the Department of Environment's Water
Quality Monitoring Programs if applicable; and
(iv) any relevant reports produced by the Brisbane River and Moreton Bay Wastewater
Management Study.
(H19) Within 30 days of the date of receipt of written comment from the administering authority as per
condition H17, or such other period as advised in writing by the administering authority, the applicant
must commence carrying out the Receiving Environment Monitoring Program.
(H20) All determinations of the environmental quality of the receiving environment must be made in
accordance with methods prescribed in the Department of Environment, Water quality Sampling
Manual, 2nd Edition, February 1995, or more recent additions or supplements to that document as
such become available.
(H21) All determinations of the environmental quality of the receiving environment must be performed by a
person or body possessing appropriate experience and qualifications to perform the required
measurements.
(H22) The registered operator must submit a report of the results of the Receiving Environment Monitoring
Program including an assessment of the impact of the release of contaminants upon the receiving
environment with each annual return. The assessment must address whether environmental values
are being protected with reference to water quality data and any other monitoring data obtained and
state the basis on which the conclusions are drawn.
(l-i23) Records must be kept of the results of all determinations and monitoring carried out under the
Receiving Environment Monitoring Program for a period of at least 5 years.
(H24) As an alternative to developing and implementing a Receiving Environment Monitoring Program for
South Pine River and Moreton Bay, the registered operator may become and remain a "participating
member" in a study carried out by other persons or agencies that meets the requirements of
conditions H16 to H23 inclusive (the equivalent study), such as, the Southeast Queensland Water
1 Page 16
Permit includes licences, approvals, permits, authorisations, certificates, sanctions o'f 22
or equivalenUsimilar as required by legislation administered by the
Department of Environment and Resource Management
ecoätcess
ty1.li|tL! tñr",ß!iti lia;rlrlc a !; ä9{t ? 0$ti13
Quality Management Study and the Ecological Health Monitoring Program proposed to be carried out
under the Study.
A "participating member" for the purposes of condition H17 and the conditions H24 to H26 inclusive
means that the registered operator actively participates in the equivalent study and any monitoring
program resulting from such study.
(H25) The registered operator will be deemed to comply with conditions H16 to H23 in so far as they relate
to the South Pine River and Moreton Bay, so long as the registered operator continues to be a
"participating member" in an equivalent study. ln the event that the registered operator ceases to be
a "participating member" in an equivalent study, then the registered operator must within sixty (60)
days submit a proposalfor a Receiving Environment Monitoring Program in accordance with
condition H17.
(H26) lf the registered operator ceases to be to be a participating member in an equivalent study, then the
registered operator must within fourteen (14) days notify the administering authority in writing that
they are no longer a "participating member".
SCHEDULE H TABLE I
S-dav Biochemical Oxvoen Demand mq/L Weeklv
Susoended Solids mq/L Weeklv
pH oH scale Weeklv
Dissolved Oxvqen mq/L Weeklv
Free Chlorine Residual mq/L Weeklv
Faecal Coliforms cfu/100 mL Weeklv
Ammonia (as Nitrooen) mq/L Weekly
Total Nitrooen las Nitrooen) mq/L Weeklv
Total Phosohorus (as Phosohorus) mo/L Weeklv
(H28) Determinations of the quality of contaminants released to waters to check conformity with the release
quality characteristics specified in the Water Schedule of this development approval must be
undertaken at monitoring point 81, described as on the exit to the sand filters, and monitoring point
82, described as the covered tank on the exit of the chlorine detention lagoon.
(H29) The registered operator is responsible for the making of determinations of each quality characteristic
at the monitoring point specified in Schedule H Table 2.
1 Page 17 of 22
Permit includes licences, approvals, permits, authorisations, certificates, sanctions
or equivalent/similar as required by legislation administered by the
Department of Environment and Resource Management
ecoaccess
OiÍ'r'ì<)lrrÍßnÌâ! Íiltj r{ïr} S Ar}<t j>ùrÐ}jîs
SCHEDULE H TABLE 2
Quality Characteristic
Bypass Monitoring
(H30) Details concerning any bypass of plant effluent shall be monitored and recorded in terms of event
date, duration, cause of bypass, and actions taken in reporting and averting the bypass.
Monitoring Reporting
(H31) The registered operator must ensure that the results of all monitoring performed in accordance with
this development approval for the period covered by the return are submitted with the annual return.
(H32) Contaminant release quantities pertaining to the yearly period, compiled, collected or recorded in
accordance with Schedule C Condition Cg shall be presented as follows:
(i) in a tabular format, showing date of recording and raw data; and
(ii) graphically showing raw data vs time.
(H33) Contaminant release quality pertaining to the yearly period, compiled, collected or recorded in
accordance with Condition H27 shall be presented:
(ii) graphically showing data referred to in part (i) of this condition vs time.
(H34) Data pertaining to the yearly period, compiled, collected or recorded in accordance with Condition
H29 of Schedule H (bypass of plant effluent)for the yearly period, shall be presented in a tabular
format showing:
1 Page 18 of 22
Permit includes licences, approvals, permits, authorisations, certificates, sanctions
or equivalenVsimilar as required by legislation administered by the
Department of Environment and Resource Management
ecoåtccess
ft ùr'ltroû1trÐ ãl *öÐtì¡xt r;,){t{f ,þtTt;i¡s;
SCHEDULE I . DEFINITIONS
For the purposes of this development approval the following definitions apply:
General Definitions
)
(lf "Act" means lhe Environmental Protection Act 1994.
(12) "administering authorify" means the Department of Environment and Resource Management or its
successor.
(13) "AMTD" means Adopted Middle Thread Distance as per the Queensland Water Resources
Commission publication entitled "Atlas of AMTD Maps, January 1984'.
(14) "authorised person" means a person holding office as an authorised person under an appointment
under the Environmental Protection Act 1994 by the chief executive or chief executive officer of a
local government.
L¡e6,1 being the A-weighted sound pressure level exceeded for 90 percent of the time period not less
than 15 minutes, using Fast response, gI
La¡o 1 being the arithmetic average of the minimum readings measured in the absence of the noise
under investiqation during a representative time period of not less than 15 minutes, using Fast
response.
(18) "dewatered" means the material does not yield free liquid and "free liquid" means liquid which
readily separates from the solid portion of a waste under ambient temperature and pressure as
determined by Method 9095 (Paint Filter Liquids Test) described in "U.S. EPA: Free Liquids (Paint
Filter)" Federal Register, Vol.50, No.83, page 18370, April 30, 1985.
(19) "drum" means any individual container for holding a chemical and having a capacity of.not more that
250 litres.
(lf 0) "dry weather day" refers to a day during which no rainfall is recorded at any rainfall measuring
station recognised by the Commonwealth Bureau of Meteorology within the sewered area connected
to the sewage treatment plant, or if no such measuring station exists, at the nearest such station to
the sewage treatment plant. The term also excludes days during which recorded rainfall over the
three preceding days exceeds 100 mm.
(111) "dry weather flow" refers to a day during which no rain falls within the catchment of the sewage
treatment plant for the commencement of measurement for that day. The term also excludes days
during which measurement is made which occur within three days following cumulative rainfall of '100
mm over the three preceding days.
(112) "dwelling" means any of the following structures or vehicles that is principally used as a residence:
1
Permit includes licences, approvals, permits, authorisations, certificates, sanction. Page 19 of 22
or equivalent/similar as required by legislation administered by the
Department of Environment and Resource Management
ecoaccess et v¡¡çs ¡;¡¡ enlai lieørc e s atitl ¡>eø;sì!s
(a) a house, unit, motel, nursing home or other building or part of a building;
(b) a caravan, mobile home or other vehicle or structure on land; or
(c) a watercraft in a marina.
(113) "groundwater monitoring system" means a system of groundwater monitoring devices, such as
monitoring bores, used to provide data in respect to the level and quality of groundwater in the
uppermost aquifer where the location of the groundwater monitoring devices is such that
comparisons of groundwater quality and groundwater level can be made between groundwater
flowing from beneath the site (down-gradient flow) of the activity and groundwater flowing towards
the site of the activity (up-gradient flow).
(114) "infiltration" means all flows entering a sewage reticulation system other than those flows that are
legally permitted to enter the sewage reticulation system. lnfiltration may be from:
(115) "intrusive noise" - means noise that, because of its frequency, duration, level, tonal
characteristics, impulsiveness or vibration -
ln determining whether a noise annoys an individual and is unreasonably intrusive, regard must be
had to Australian Standard 1055.2 - 1989 Acoustics - Description and Measurement of
Environmental Noise Part2 - Application to Specific Situations.
(11 6) "LA^"x adj, ¡ " means the average maximum A-weighted sound pressure level, adjusted for noise
character and measured over a time period of not less than 15 minutes, using Fast response.
(117) "land" in any Land Application Schedule, means land excluding waters and the atmosphere.
(118) "landfill facility" means land and structures at the approved place used for the disposal of solid
waste.
(119) "leachate" means a liquid that has passed through or emerged from, or is likely to have passed
through or emerged from, a material stored, processed or disposed of at the approved place that
contains soluble, suspended or miscible contaminants likely to have been derived from the said
material.
(120) "limited regulated waste" means any of the following regulated wastes - asbestos, infectious
substances or quarantine waste that has been rendered non-infectious, contaminated soil, fish
processing waste, food processing waste, poultry processing waste, tyres or treatment tank sludge or
residue produced in sewage treatment or water treatment plants.
(121) "long term 50 percentile compliance" means that the median value of the measured values in
ranked order of the quality characteristic is not to exceed the stated release limit for any fifty (50)
consecutive samples where:
(i) the consecutive samples are taken over a one year period;
(ii) the consecutive samples are taken at approximately equal periods; and
(iii) the time interval between the taking of each consecutive sample is not less than six days.
1 Page
Permit includes licences, approvals, permits, authorisations, certificates, sanctions of 22
or equivalent/similar as required by legislation administered by the
Department of Environment and Resource Management
ecoacces$
rìtf1,1i,s/i]tÐt:jtll;jì \¡tÌ#ttçþ s iltìé pÐTïilils
(122) "long term 80 percentile compliance" means that not more than ten (10) of the measured values
of the quality characteristic are to exceed the stated release limit for any fifty (50) consecutive
samples where:
(i) the consecutive samples are taken over a one year period;
(ii) the consecutive samples are taken at approximately equal periods; and
(iii) the time interval between the taking of each consecutive sample is not less than six days.
(123) "maximum" means that the measured value of the quality characteristic or contaminant must not be
greater than the release limit stated.
(124) "MaxLpa¡" means the maximum A-weighted sound pressure level measured over a time period of
not less than 15 minutes, using Fast response.
(125) "median" means the middle value, where half the data are smaller, and half the data are larger. lf
the number of samples is even, the median is the arithmetic average of the two middle values.
(l2S) "noise sensíúive place" as mentioned in Schedule 5 of lhe Environmental Protection (Noise) Policy
l99Z means any of the following places:
(a) a dwelling;
(b) a library, childcare centre, kindergarten, school, college, university or other educational
institution;
(c) a hospital, surgery or other medical institution;
(d) a protected area, or an area identified under a conversation plan as a critical habitat or an area
of major interest, under the Nature Conservation Act 1992;
(e) a marine park under the Marine Parks Act 1982; or
(f) a park or garden that is open to the public (whether or not on payment of money)for use other
than for sport or organised entertainment.
(130) "offensive" means causing offence or displeasure; is disagreeable to the senses; disgusting,
nauseous or repulsive.
(131) "range" means that the measured value of the quality characteristic or contaminant must not be
greater than the higher release limit stated nor less than the lower release limit stated.
(132) "regulated waste" means non-domestic waste mentioned in Schedule 7 of the Environmental
Protection Regulation l99B whether or not it has been treated or immobilised and includes -
(133) "shott term 50 percentile compliance" means that the median value of the measured values in
ranked order of the quality characteristic is not to exceed the stated release limit for any five (5)
consecutive samples where:
(i) the consecutive samples are taken over a five week period;
(ii) the consecutive samples are taken at approximately equal periods; and
(iii) the time interval between the taking of each consecutive sample is not less than six days.
1
sanction, Page21 of 22
Permit includes licences, approvals, permits, authorisations, certificates,
or equivalent/similar as required by legislation administered by the
Department of Environment and Resource Management
ecoaccess
otv i rclvrß ñîal hcerir.û.s årì(i palrnris
(134) "shott term 80 percentile compliance" means that not more than one (1) of the measured values
of the quality characteristic are to exceed the stated release limit for any five (5) consecutive samples
where:
(i) the consecutive samples are taken over a five week period;
(¡i) the consecutive samples are taken at approximately equal periods; and
(iii) the time interval between the taking of each consecutive sample is not less than six days.
(136) "tank" means any individual container for holding a chemical and having a capacity of more that 250
litres.
(137) "total Nitrogen" means the sum of Organic Nitrogen, Ammonia, Nitrite plus Nitrate, as mg/L of
Nitrogen.
(138) "total Phosphorus" means the sum of the reactive phosphorus, acid-hydrolysable phosphorus and
organic phosphorus, as mg/L of Phosphorus. This includes both the inorganic and organic fraction of
phosphorus.
(139) "uppermost aquifer" means the geologic formation nearest to the natural ground surface that is an
aquifer. The term includes any aquifers that are likely to be hydraulically interconnected with this
aquifer within the landfill facility property boundary.
END OF CONDITIONS
Section 45(1)
Dear Sir
Re: Application for Environmental Authority by Anglian Water International Pty Ltd
in respect of the operations described as environmentally relevant activity (ERA)
15(f) - Sewage Treatment located at 257 Duffield Road, Redcliffe Qld 4020.
A copy of the Licence No. SR1617 which includes the schedule of conditions, is attached.
Information relating to a review of the decision or appeals under this Act is attached to this
notice.
siane
R T Anderson
Manager Licensing
Delegate of Administering Authority
Environmental Protection Act (1994)
date W.7/.^o.
i 00% recycled pap
Procedure for review
202,(1) A dissatisfied person may apply for a review of an original decision.
(2) The application must-
fa) be made in the approved form to the administering authority within-
(i) 14 days after the day on which the person receives notice of the original decision or the
administering authority is taken to have made the decision (the "review date"); or
(ii) the longer period the authority in special circumstances allows; and
(b) be supported by enough information to enable the authority to decide the application.
(3) On or before making the application, the applicant must send the following documents to the other
persons who were given notice of the original decision-
fa) notice of the application (the "review notice'*); and
(b) a copy of the application and supporting documents.
(4) The review notice must inform the recipient that submission on the application may be made to the
administering authority within 7 days after the application is made to the authority.
(5) If the administering authority is satisfied the applicant has complied with subsection (2) and (3),
the authority must within 14 days after receiving the application -
(a) review the original decision; and
(b) consider any submissions properly made by a recipient of the review notice; and
(c) make a decision (the "review decision") to-
(i) confirm or revoke the original decision; or
(ii) vary the original decision in a way the administering authority considers appropriate.
(6) The application does not stay the original decision.
(7) The application must not be dealt with by-
fa) the person who made the original decision; or
(b) a person in a less, senior office than the person who made the original decision.
(8) Within 14 days after making the decision, the administering authority must give written notice of
the decision to the applicant and persons who were given notice of the original decision.
(9) The notice must-
(a) include the reasons for the review decision; and
(b) inform the person of their right of appeal against the decision.
(10) If the administering authority does not comply with subsection (5) or (8) the authority is taken to
have made a decision confirming the original decision.
(11) Subsection (7) applies despite section 27A(7) of the Acts Interpretation Act 1954.
(12) This section does not apply to an original decision made by-
fa) for a matter, the administration and enforcement of which has been devolved to a local
government - the local government itself or the chief executive officer of the local
government personally; or
(b) for another matter-the chief executive personally.
Section 45(1)
Under the provisions of the Environmental Protection Act 1994 this environmental authority is
issued:
in respect of carrying out the environmentally relevant activity at the following place(s):
This environmental authority is issued subject to the conditions set out in the schedules attached to
this environmental authority.
signed , , jdum
R T Anderson
Manager Licensing
Delegate of Administering Authority
Environmental Protection Act (1994)
date ..k:Z:.°?..
Env Auth ?? SRI 617 062 716 572 Anglian Water International Ply Ltd
Schedule B - Air
Schedule C - Water
Schedule F - Noise
Schedule I - Definitions
(Al) In carrying out the environmentally relevant activity, the holder of this environmental
authority must take all reasonable and practicable measures to prevent and/or to
minimise the likelihood of environmental harm being caused. Any environmentally
relevant activity, that, if carried out incompetently, may cause environmental harm, in a
manner that could be prevented, shall be carried out in a proper manner by a competent
person in accordance with the conditions of this authority.
(a) install and operate all works and control equipment; and
(b) take all measures, perform all acts and do all things,
Trained Operators
(A4) All persons engaged in the conduct of the activity, including but not limited to
employees and contract staff, must be:
Records
(A6) Any record required to be kept by a condition of this environmental authority must be
kept at the licensed place and be available for examination by an authorised person.
Alterations
Calibration
(A9) All instruments and measuring devices used for the measurement or monitoring of any
parameter under any condition of this environmental authority must be calibrated, and
appropriately operated and maintained.
(AlO) The holder of this environmental authority, must develop and implement an effective and
appropriate Site-based Management Plan which details how the holder of this
environmental authority will manage the actual and potential environmental impacts
resulting from the carrying out of the environmentally relevant activity.
(Al 1) The Site-based Management Plan must address at least the following matters:
(ix) staff training and awareness of environmental issues related to the operation of
the environmentally relevant activities, including responsibilities under the
Environmental Protection Act.
(A12) A copy of the Site-based Management Plan and any subsequent amendment of the Site-
based Management Plan must be kept at the licensed place.
(A13) The holder of this, environmental authority must not implement a Site-based
Management Plan or amend a Site-based Management Plan where such implementation
or amendment would result in a contravention of any condition of this environmental
authority.
(A14) The holder of this environmental authority, must develop and implement an effective and
appropriate Plan for the Management of Blue-Green Algae within the effluent storage
pond. The plan should detail how the holder of this environmental authority will manage
the actual and potential environmental impacts resulting from any occurrence of blue-
green algal outbreaks.
(Al 5) The Management Plan for Blue-Green Algae must address at least the following matters:
(A16) A copy of the Management Plan for Blue-Green Algae must be kept at the licensed
place.
(A17) The holder of this environmental authority must not implement a Management Plan for
Blue-Green Algae or amend a Management Plan for Blue-Green Algae where such
implementation or amendment would result in a contravention of any condition of this
environmental authority.
Nuisance
(A18) Notwithstanding any other condition of this environmental authority, this environmental
authority does not authorise any release of contaminants which causes or is likely to
cause an environmental nuisance beyond the boundaries of the licensed place.
SCHEDULE B - AIR
(Bl) The environmentally relevant activity must be carried out by such practicable means
necessary to prevent the release or likelihood of release of contaminants to the
atmosphere.
(B2) Where it is not practicable to prevent the release of contaminants to the atmosphere as
required by condition number Bl, the environmentally relevant activity must be carried
out by such practicable means necessary to minimise the release or likelihood of any
such release of contaminants to the atmosphere.
SCHEDULE C - WATER
(CI) Contaminants must not be directly or indirectly released from the licensed place to any
waters or the bed and banks of any waters except as permitted under the Water Schedule
or the Stormwater Management Schedule.
(C2) The only contaminants permitted to be released from the licensed place at the release
point Wl are sewage treatment effluents from the sewage treatment plant.
Release Points
(C3) Contaminants must not be directly or indirectly released from any source on the licensed
place to any waters at any location other than the contaminants and sources at the
locations listed below:
Release Point W l Treated sewage wastes from the treatment plant discharged
via the outfall pipe to waters described as the tidal reach of
Hay's Inlet at AMTD 2 km.
(C4) Release point number W l must be submerged such that the top of the outfall pipe is at
least 0.3 metres below Low Water Datum into the deep water channel in Moreton Bay.
(C5) The total quantity of contaminants released from Release Point W l during any dry
weather day must not exceed 22 100 cubic metres and in any day must not exceed 80 000
cubic metres.
(C6) The release of contaminants to waters must comply, at the sampling and in-situ
measurement points specified in Schedule H, with each of the limits specified in
Schedule C Table 1 for each quality characteristic.
(C7) Notwithstanding the quality characteristic limits specified in Schedule C Table 1, the
release of contaminants to waters must comply with the following qualitative
characteristics:
(i) The release must not have any properties nor contain any organisms or other
contaminants which are capable of causing environmental harm.
(ii) The release must not produce any slick or other visible evidence of oil or grease,
nor contain visible floating oil, grease, scum, litter or other objectionable matter.
(Dl) The environmentally relevant activity must be carried out by such practicable means
necessary to prevent the contact of incident rainfall and stormwater runoff with wastes or
other contaminants.
(D2) Where it is not practicable to prevent contact as required by condition number Dl above,
the environmentally relevant activity must be carried out by such practicable means
necessary to minimise any such contact.
(D3) Except as otherwise provided by the conditions of the Stormwater Management Schedule
and the Water Schedule of this environmental authority, the environmentally relevant
activity must be carried out by such practicable means necessary to prevent the release or
likelihood of release of contaminated runoff from the licensed place to any stormwater
drain or waters or the bed or banks of any such waters.
(D4) Where it is not practicable to prevent any release of contaminated runoff as required by
condition number D3, the environmentally relevant activity must be carried out by such
practicable means necessary to minimise any such release or the likelihood of any such
release.
(D5) The holder of this environmental authority, must develop and implement an effective and
appropriate Stormwater Management Plan which details how the holder of this
environmental authority will manage the actual and potential environmental impacts
resulting from the contamination of stormwater at the licensed place.
(D6) The Stormwater Management Plan must address at least the following matters:
(i) prevention of incident stormwater and stormwater runoff from contacting wastes
or contaminants; and
(ii) diversion of upstream runoff away from areas containing wastes or contaminants;
and
(iii) minimisation of the size of contaminated areas; and
(iv) cleaning of contaminated areas without water; and
(v) installation of pollution control equipment such as oil separators, silt and rubbish
traps, sedimentation ponds, settling pits and stormwater diversion systems;
(vi) paving and roofing of contaminated areas;
(vii) sampling and monitoring of contaminated stormwater released from the licensed
place and assessment of the impact of any such release on the receiving
environment;
(viii) reporting the results of the monitoring of stormwater releases and any assessment
of the impact of the releases on the receiving environment to the administering
authority; and
(ix) if soil is to be exposed or disturbed as a result of the activities conducted the
Stormwater Management Plan must also address the following:
(D7) A copy of the Stormwater Management Plan and any subsequent amendment.of the
Stormwater Management Plan must be kept at the licensed place and be available for
examination by an authorised person on request.
(D8) The holder of this environmental authority must not implement the Stormwater
Management Plan or amend the Stormwater Management Plan where such
implementation or amendment would result in a contravention of any condition of this
environmental authority.
(D9) The maintenance and cleaning of vehicles and any other equipment or plant must be
carried out in areas from where contaminants cannot be released into any waters,
roadside gutter or stormwater drainage system.
(DIO) Any spillage of wastes, contaminants or other materials must be cleaned up as quickly as
practicable. Such spillages must not be cleaned up by hosing, sweeping or otherwise
releasing such wastes, contaminants or material to any stormwater drainage system,
roadside gutter or waters.
(Dl 1) Any acid sulphate soils or potential acid sulphate soils disturbed, extracted or unearthed
as a result of carrying out the environmentally relevant activity or activities must be
stored and/or treated and/or disposed of so as not to cause environmental harm to surface
waters and/or groundwaters.
Bunding
(D12) All chemical tank storages must be bunded so that the capacity of the bund is sufficient
to contain at least 100% of the largest storage tank plus 10% of the second largest tank
within the bund.
(D13) All chemical drum storages must be bunded so that the capacity of the bund is sufficient
to contain at least 25% of the maximum design storage volume within the bund.
(D14) All tanker loading/unloading areas must be bunded so that the capacity of the bund is
sufficient to contain 100% of the largest compartment of any tanker using the area.
(D15) AH bunding must be constructed of materials which are impervious to the materials
stored.
(D16) The base and walls of all bunded areas must be maintained free from gaps orcracks.
(D18) Where it is impractical to completely roof a bunded area the holder of this environmental
authority must ensure that any stormwater captured within the bund is free from
contaminants or wastes prior to any release..
(D19) All empty drums must be stored with their closures in place.
Pond conditions
(D20) All ponds used for the storage or treatment of contaminants or wastes must be
constructed and maintained to ensure the stability of the ponds construction.
(D21) Suitable banks and or diversion drains must be installed and maintained to exclude
stormwater runoff from any ponds or other structures used for the storage or treatment of
contaminants or wastes.
(El) Except as otherwise provided by the conditions of the Land Schedule of this
environmental authority, the environmentally relevant activity must be carried out by
such practicable means necessary to prevent the release or likelihood of release of
contaminants to land.
(E2) Where it is not practicable to prevent any release of contaminants to land as required by
condition number El, the environmentally relevant activity must be carried out by such
practicable means necessary to minimise the release or likelihood of release of any such
contaminants to land.
Description of Contaminants
(E3) The only contaminants allowed to be released to land are sewage treatment effluents,
dried sludge, fermenter and primary clarifier scum, screenings and grit from the sewage
treatment plant.
(E5) Treated sewage effluent used for irrigation purposes, or given to another party for
irrigation purposes or other use, must comply with the quality characteristics specified in
Schedule C Table 1.
(E6) The contaminant release areas must not be used for grazing, recreational activities or as a
traffic thoroughfare.
(E7) The release of contaminants to land must not be carried out if soil moisture conditions
are such that surface runoff or ponding is likely to occur.
(ES) Spray from any release of contaminants to land must not drift beyond the boundaries of
the licensed place.
(E9) Public access to any contaminant release area must be denied during the release of
contaminants to land and until the release area has dried.
(ElO) Pipelines and fittings for the release of contaminants to land must be clearly identified.
Standard water taps, hoses and cocks must not be fitted to contaminant release pipelines,
and the contaminant release system must not be connected to other service pipelines.
Lockable valves or removable handles must be fitted to the contaminant release pipelines
where there is public access to the contaminant release areas.
SCHEDULE F - NOISE
Emission of Noise
(Fl) In the event of a complaint about noise that constitutes unreasonable intrusive noise
being made to the administering authority, that the administering authority considers is
not frivolous or vexatious, then the emission of noise from the licensed premises to
which this environmental authority relates must not result in levels greater than those
specified in Schedule F Table 1.
SCHEDULE F - TABLE 1
N OKEMMITS-;A^^^
Period Noise Level at a Commercial Place measured as
the Adjusted Maximum Sound Pressure Level
•^Amax adi, T
General
(Gl) Waste must not be released to the environment, stored, transferred or disposed contrary
to any condition of this environmental authority.
(i) burn waste (apart from off-gases from the anaerobic digesters) at or on the
licensed place; nor
(ii) allow waste to bum or be burnt at or on the licensed place; nor
(iii) remove waste from the licensed place and burn such waste elsewhere.
(G3) The holder of this environmental authority, must develop and implement an effective and
appropriate Waste Management Plan which details how the holder of this environmental
authority will manage the actual and potential environmental impacts resulting from all
wastes produced at the licensed place.
(G4) The Waste Management Plan must address at least the following matters:
(G5) A copy of the Waste Management Plan and any subsequent amendment of the Waste
Management Plan must be kept at the licensed place and be available for examination by
an authorised person on request.
(G6) The holder of this environmental authority must not implement the Waste Management
Plan or amend the Waste Management Plan where such implementation or amendment
would result in a contravention of any condition of this environmental authority.
(G7) Where regulated waste is removed from the licensed place (other than by a release as
permitted under another schedule of this environmental authority), the holder of this
environmental authority must monitor and record the following:
(G8) Regulated waste must not be sent for disposal at any facility without the written approval
of the person operating that facility.
Records
(G9) Records must be maintained for a period of five (5) years for all wastes mentioned in this
schedule.
(GIO) If the holder of this environmental authority becomes aware that a person has removed
regulated waste from the licensed place and disposed of the regulated waste in a manner
which is not authorised by this environmental authority or improper or unlawful, then the
holder of this environmental authority must, as soon as practicable, notify the
administering authority of all relevant facts, matters and circumstances known
concerning the disposal.
(Gl 1) The holder of this environmental authority must ensure that a facility or equipment is
available for the containment and recovery of any spillages at the loading point.
Complaint Recording
(HI) All complaints received by the holder of this environmental authority relating to
operations at the licensed place must be recorded in a log book with the following
details:
(H2) The complaints record required by condition number HI must be maintained for a period
of not less than five (5) years.
Incident Recording
(H3) A record must be maintained of events including but not limited to:
(i) the time, date and duration of equipment malfunctions, that may affect the
environmental performance of the licensed place; and
(ii) any shut-downs of equipment upon which the environmental performance of the
licensed place depends.
(H4) The record required by condition number H3 must be maintained for a period of not less
than five (5) years.
(H5) As soon as practicable after becoming aware of any emergency or incident which results
in the release of contaminants not in accordance, or reasonably expected to be not in
accordance with the conditions of this environmental authority, the holder of this
environmental authority must notify the administering authority of the release by
telephone or facsimile.
(H7) Not more than fourteen (14) days following the initial notification of an emergency or
incident, the holder of the environmental authority must provide written advice of the
information supplied in accordance with condition number H6 in addition to:
(H8) As soon as practicable, but not more than six (6) weeks following the conduct of any
environmental monitoring performed in relation to the emergency or incident, which
results in the release of contaminants not in accordance, or reasonably expected to be not
in accordance with the conditions of this environmental authority, the holder of the
environmental authority must provide written advice of the results of any such
monitoring performed to the administering authority.
(H9) The holder of this environmental authority is responsible for the making of
determinations of the quality of the contaminants released for the release points, quality
characteristics, and at the frequency specified in Schedule H Table 1:
SCHEDULE H-TABLE 1
Quality'Characteristic ~t , V~^-^ Units ^-,~i_ Frequenc »
_ - -r }
5 day Biochemical Oxygen mg/L Weekly
Demand
Suspended Solids mg/L Weekly
pH pH scale Weekly
Dissolved Oxygen mg/L Weekly
Free Chlorine Residual mg/L Weekly
Faecal Coliforms cfu/lOOmL Weekly
Total Nitrogen (as Nitrogen) mg/L Weekly
Total Phosphorus (as Phosphorus) mg/L Weekly
Environmental Protection Agency 25/07/2000 Page IS of 25
Env Auth # SR1617 062 716 572 Anglian Water International Ply Lid
Quality Determinations
(HI 1) All determmations of the quality of contaminants released to waters must be made in
accordance with methods prescribed in the Environmental Protection Agency Water
Quality Sampling Manual, 3rd Edition, December 1999, or more recent additions or
supplements to that document as such become available, or as specifically approved by
the administering authority.
(H13) Records must be kept of the results of all determinations of the quality of contaminants
released to waters for a period of at least five (5) years.
(H15) Records must be kept of the results of all determmations of the daily quantity of
contaminants released to waters for a period of at least five (5) years.
Noise Monitoring
(H16) For the purposes of investigating any complaint made about noise annoyance and also
for checking compliance with condition number F3 in Schedule F, monitoring and
recording the noise levels from the environmentally relevant activity must be undertaken
for at least the following descriptors, characteristics and conditions:
(HI 7) In conjunction with the measurement and recording of the noise, the following
parameters and conditions must be recorded:
(HI8) Monitoring must also be undertaken to investigate any complaint of noise annoyance
upon receipt of a written request from the administering authonty to carry out such
monitoring.
(H19) The method of measurement and reporting of noise levels must comply with the
Department of Environment Noise Measurement Manual, second edition, March 1995,
or more recent additions or supplements to that document as become available.
(H20) The method of measurement and reporting of noise levels must be undertaken by a
person or body possessing appropriate experience and qualifications to perform the
required measurements.
(H21) Records must be kept of the results of all monitoring of noise levels and other
information required to be recorded in conjunction with such monitoring for a period of
at least five (5) years.
Exception Reporting
(H22) The holder of this environmental authority must notify the administering authority in
writing of any monitoring result which indicates an exceedance of any licence limit
within twenty-eight (28) days of completion of the analysis.
(H23) The written notification required by condition number H22 above must include:
Monitoring Reporting
(H24) Any monitoring data compiled, collected or recorded as required by conditions of this
environmental authority shall be supplied to the administering authority on an annual
basis.
Each annual Monitoring Report shall be delivered to the administering authority within
eight (8) weeks of the close of twelve (12) months period.
(H25) Contaminant release quantities pertaining to the yearly period, compiled, collected or
recorded in accordance with condition number C5 shall be presented, including
appropriate precipitation data for the sewer catchment:
(i) in a tabular format, showing date of recording and raw data; and
(ii) graphically showing raw data vs time.
Environmental Protection Agency 25/07/2000 Page 20 of 25
Env Auth#SRl617 062 716 572 Anglian Water International Pty Ltd
(H26) Contaminant release quality pertaining to the yearly period, compiled, collected or
recorded in accordance with condition number H9 shall be presented:
SCHEDULE I - DEFINITIONS
(11) For the purposes of this environmental authority any tenn not otherwise defined in the
Act and any subordinate legislation made pursuant to the Act or in the Definitions
Schedule of this environmental authority has the meaning conferred to that term in its
common usage.
(12) In the event of any inconsistency arising between the meaning of any term provided in
the Definitions Schedule of this environmental authority and any common usage of that
term, the meaning conferred in the Definitions Schedule of this environmental authority
prevails.
For the purposes of this environmental authority the following definitions apply:
(14) "administering authority" means the Environmental Protection Agency or its successor.
(15) "AMTD" means Adopted Middle Thread Distance as per the Queensland Water
Resources Commission publication entitled "Atlas of AMTD Maps, January 1984".
(16) "authorised person" means a person holding office as an authorised person under an
appointment under the Environmental Protection Act 1994 by the chief executive or
chief executive officer of a local government.
(17) "land" in the Land Application Schedule, means land excluding waters and the
atmosphere.
(110) "dry weather day" refers to a day during which no rainfall is recorded at any rainfall
measuring station recognised by the Commonwealth Bureau of Meteorology within the
sewered area connected to the sewage treatment plant, or if no such measuring station
exists, at the nearest such station to the sewage treatment plant. The term also excludes
days during which recorded rainfall over the three preceding days exceeds 100 mm.
(111) "long term 80 percentile compliance" means that not more than ten (10) of the measured
values of the quality characteristic are to exceed the stated release limit for any fifty (50)
consecutive samples where:
(i) the consecutive samples are taken over a one year period;
(ii) the consecutive samples are taken at approximately equal periods; and
(iii) the time interval between the taking of each consecutive sample is not less than
six (6) days.
(112) "short term 80 percentile compliance" means that not more than one (1) of the measured
values of the quality characteristic are to exceed the stated release limit for any five (5)
consecutive samples where:
(i) the consecutive samples are taken over a five (5) week period;
(ii) the consecutive samples are taken at approximately equal periods; and
(iii) the time interval between the taking of each consecutive sample is not less than
six (6) days.
(113) "long term 50 percentile compliance" means that the median value of the measured
values in ranked order of the quality characteristic is not to exceed the stated release limit
for any fifty (50) consecutive samples where:
(i) the consecutive samples are taken over a one year period;
(ii) the consecutive samples are taken at approximately equal periods; and
(iii) the time interval between the taking of each consecutive sample is not less than
six (6) days.
(114) "short term 50 percentile compliance" means that the median value of the measured
values in ranked order of the quality characteristic is not to exceed the stated release limit
for any five (5) consecutive samples where:
(i) the consecutive samples are taken over a five (5) week period;
(ii) the consecutive samples are taken at approximately equal periods; and
(iii) the time interval between the taking of each consecutive sample is not less than
six (6) days.
(115) "median" means the middle value, where half the data are smaller, and half the data are
larger. If the number of samples is even, the median is the arithmetic average of the two
middle values.
(116) "maximum" means that the measured value of the quality characteristic or contaminant
must not be greater than the release limit stated.
(117) "minimum" means that the measured value of the quality characteristic or contaminant
must not be less than the release limit stated.
(118) "range" means that the measured value of the quality characteristic or contaminant must
not be greater than the higher release limit stated nor less than the lower release limit
stated.
(119) "L A m a s adji T " means the average maximum A-weighted sound pressure level, adjusted for
noise character and measured over a time period of not less than 15 minutes, using Fast
response.
LA90 T being the A-weighted sound pressure level exceeded for 90 percent of the
time period not less than 15 minutes, using Fast response, or
LAbg,T being the arithmetic average of the minimum readings measured in the
absence of the noise under investigation during a representative time period of
not less than 15 minutes, using Fast response.
(121) "MaxLpAT" means the maximum A-weighted sound pressure level measured over a time
period of not less than 15 minutes, using Fast response.
(122) "total Nitrogen" means the sum of Organic Nitrogen, Ammonia, Nitrite plus Nitrate, as
mg/L of Nitrogen.
(123) "total Phosphorus" means the sura of the reactive phosphorus, acid-hydrolysable
phosphorus and organic phosphorus, as mg/L of Phosphorus. This includes both the
inorganic and organic fraction of phosphorus.
(124) "commercial place" means a place used as an office or for business or commercial
purposes.
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
SEQ HEALTHY WATERWAYS STRATEGY – MBRC COMMITTED ACTIONS FOR IMPROVING WATER QUALITY B-2
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
SEQ HEALTHY WATERWAYS STRATEGY – MBRC COMMITTED ACTIONS FOR IMPROVING WATER QUALITY B-3
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
SEQ HEALTHY WATERWAYS STRATEGY – MBRC COMMITTED ACTIONS FOR IMPROVING WATER QUALITY B-4
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
B-5
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
EXISTING WATER ACCOUNT FIGURES C-1
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
= Inflows
Evapotranspiration Imported Retic. Water 1.4 GL/yr
45 GL/yr = Outflows
Rainfall
60 GL/yr
TN 24 t/yr Exported Retic. Water 0 GL/yr
TP 0.4 t/yr
Recycled Water
0 GL/yr
Stormwater Discharges
Rural Extractions
0 GL/yr 14.2 GL/yr
TSS 585 t/yr
TN 13 t/yr
TP 1.4 t/yr
STP Discharges to
Constraints Table
Groundwater
Current 2 GL/yr
Constraint Condition
Total Loads to Receiving Waters TSS 3.9 t/yr
Storage Yield 1.6 GL/yr 0.74 GL/yr 14.2 GL/yr TN 3 t/yr
Water Treatment Plant 1.3 GL/yr 0.74 GL/yr TSS 585 t/yr TP 0.4 t/yr
38,000 EP 21,000 EP TN 13 t/yr
(Design) TP 1.4 t/yr
Sewage Treatment Plant <50,000 EP Retic. Water Yield = storage/WTP yield
(Licence) + imported water + recycled water +
RWT
2 GL/yr 0 GL/yr
Recycled Water Reuse Retic. Water Demand = residential &
non-residential demand (including
Sustainable Loads - TSS ? 585 t/yr
Bribie Island Catchment – 2010 system losses) + exported water
requirements
Sustainable Loads – TN ? 13 t/yr
Loads to Receiving Waters =
Sustainable Loads - TP ? 1.4 t/yr Urban Population 17,133 stormwater + Sewage Treatment Plant
Environmental Flow N/A 14.2 GL/yr
= Inflows
Evapotranspiration Imported Retic. Water 2.4 GL/yr
45 GL/yr = Outflows
Rainfall
56 GL/yr
TN 22 t/yr Exported Retic. Water 0 GL/yr
TP 0.3 t/yr
Recycled Water
0 GL/yr
Stormwater Discharges
Rural Extractions
0.1 GL/yr 12.6 GL/yr
TSS 922 t/yr
TN 15 t/yr
TP 2 t/yr
STP Discharges
Constraints Table
0 GL/yr
Current
Constraint TSS 0 t/yr
Condition
Total Loads to Receiving Waters TN 0 t/yr
Storage Yield N/A N/A 12.6 GL/yr TP 0 t/yr
Water Treatment Plant N/A N/A TSS 922 t/yr
N/A N/A TN 15 t/yr
TP 2 t/yr
Sewage Treatment Plant
Retic. Water Yield = storage/WTP yield
+ imported water + recycled water +
RWT
N/A 0 GL/yr
Recycled Water Reuse Retic. Water Demand = residential &
non-residential demand (including
Sustainable Loads - TSS ? 922 t/yr
Brisbane Coastal Catchment – 2010 system losses) + exported water
requirements
Sustainable Loads – TN ? 15 t/yr
Loads to Receiving Waters =
Sustainable Loads - TP ? 2 t/yr Urban Population 22,601 stormwater + Sewage Treatment Plant
Environmental Flow N/A 12.6 GL/yr
= Inflows
Evapotranspiration Imported Retic. Water 4.9 GL/yr
80 GL/yr = Outflows
Rainfall
119 GL/yr
TN 47 t/yr Exported Retic. Water 0 GL/yr
TP 0.7 t/yr
Recycled Water
0 GL/yr
Stormwater Discharges
Rural Extractions
0 GL/yr 33.7 GL/yr
TSS 2,415 t/yr
TN 34 t/yr
TP 4.5 t/yr
STP Discharges
Constraints Table
0 GL/yr
Current
Constraint TSS 0 t/yr
Condition
Total Loads to Receiving Waters TN 0 t/yr
Storage Yield N/A N/A 33.7 GL/yr TP 0 t/yr
Water Treatment Plant N/A N/A TSS 2,415 t/yr
N/A N/A TN 34 t/yr
TP 4.5 t/yr
Sewage Treatment Plant
Retic. Water Yield = storage/WTP yield
+ imported water + recycled water +
RWT
N/A N/A
Recycled Water Reuse Retic. Water Demand = residential &
non-residential demand (including
Sustainable Loads - TSS ? 2,415 t/yr
Burpengary Creek Catchment – 2010 system losses) + exported water
requirements
Sustainable Loads – TN ? 34 t/yr
Loads to Receiving Waters =
Sustainable Loads - TP ? 4.5 t/yr Urban Population 42,766 stormwater + Sewage Treatment Plant
Environmental Flow N/A 33.7 GL/yr
= Inflows
Evapotranspiration Imported Retic. Water 0 GL/yr
3.7 GL/yr = Outflows
Rainfall
5.2 GL/yr
TN 2.1 t/yr Exported Retic. Water 0 GL/yr
TP 0.03 t/yr
Leakage 0 GL/yr
Recycled Water
0 GL/yr
Stormwater Discharges
Rural Extractions
0 GL/yr 1.5 GL/yr
TSS 50 t/yr
TN 1 t/yr
TP 0.1 t/yr
STP Discharges
Constraints Table
0 GL/yr
Current
Constraint TSS 0 t/yr
Condition
Total Loads to Receiving Waters TN 0 t/yr
Storage Yield N/A N/A 1.5 GL/yr TP 0 t/yr
Water Treatment Plant N/A N/A TSS 50 t/yr
N/A N/A TN 1 t/yr
TP 0.1 t/yr
Sewage Treatment Plant
Retic. Water Yield = storage/WTP yield
+ imported water + recycled water +
RWT
N/A N/A
Recycled Water Reuse Retic. Water Demand = residential &
non-residential demand (including
Sustainable Loads - TSS ? 50 t/yr
Byron Creek Catchment – 2010 system losses) + exported water
requirements
Sustainable Loads – TN ? 1 t/yr
Loads to Receiving Waters =
Sustainable Loads - TP ? 0.1 t/yr Urban Population 0 stormwater + Sewage Treatment Plant
Environmental Flow N/A 1.5 GL/yr
= Inflows
Evapotranspiration Imported Reticulated Water 8.1 GL/yr
392 GL/yr = Outflows
Rainfall
540 GL/yr
TN 216 t/yr Exported Reticulated Water 2.6 GL/yr
TP 3.2 t/yr
Recycled Water
0.7 GL/yr
Stormwater Discharges
Rural Extractions
1.3 GL/yr 145 GL/yr
Constraints Table TSS 8,816 t/yr
Current TN 136 t/yr
Constraint Condition
TP 16.3 t/yr
Storage Yield (Cab. Weir) 3.6 GL/yr 2.23 GL/yr
STP Discharges
Water Treatment Plant 5.5 GL/yr 2.23 GL/yr 6.5 GL/yr
40,000 EP 45,000 EP TSS 13 t/yr
(Design) Total Loads to Receiving Waters TN 18.6 t/yr
Sewage Treatment Plant
(Caboolture) 100,000 EP 151 GL/yr TP 1 t/yr
(Licence) TSS 8,829 t/yr
43,500 EP TN 155 t/yr
49,500 EP
Sewage Treatment Plant (Design) TP 17.3 t/yr
(Burpengary) <50,000 EP Retic. Water Yield = storage/WTP yield
(Licence) + imported water + recycled water +
Rainwater Tanks
3.7 GL/yr (A+) 0.7 GL/yr
Recycled Water Reuse Retic. Water Demand = residential &
non-residential demand (including
Sustainable Loads - TSS ? 8,829 t/yr system losses) + exported water
requirements
Sustainable Loads – TN 27 t/yr 155 t/yr Caboolture River Catchment – 2010
Sustainable Loads - TP ? 17.3 t/yr Loads to Receiving Waters =
stormwater + Sewage Treatment Plant
Environmental Flow 118 GL/yr 151 GL/yr Urban Population 69,500
= Inflows
Evapotranspiration Imported Retic. Water 8.5 GL/yr
62 GL/yr = Outflows
Rainfall
107 GL/yr
TN 43 t/yr Exported Retic. Water 0 GL/yr
TP 0.6 t/yr
Recycled Water
0.1 GL/yr
Stormwater Discharges
Rural Extractions
0.2 GL/yr 42.9 GL/yr
TSS 2,603 t/yr
TN 42 t/yr
TP 5.3 t/yr
STP Discharges
Constraints Table
5.2 GL/yr
Current
Constraint TSS 10.4 t/yr
Condition
Total Loads to Receiving Waters TN 20.7 t/yr
Storage Yield N/A N/A 48.1 GL/yr TP 0.5 t/yr
Water Treatment Plant N/A N/A TSS 2,613 t/yr
70,000 EP 66,000 EP TN 63 t/yr
(Design) TP 5.8 t/yr
Sewage Treatment Plant
<100,000 EP Retic. Water Yield = storage/WTP yield
(Licence) + imported water + recycled water +
RWT
5.29 GL/yr 0.1 GL/yr
Recycled Water Reuse Retic. Water Demand = residential &
non-residential demand (including
Sustainable Loads - TSS 606 t/yr 2,613 t/yr
Hays Inlet Catchment – 2010 system losses) + exported water
requirements
Sustainable Loads – TN 13 t/yr 63 t/yr
Loads to Receiving Waters =
Sustainable Loads - TP 1.8 t/yr 5.8 t/yr Urban Population 63,613 stormwater + Sewage Treatment Plant
Environmental Flow N/A 48.1 GL/yr
= Inflows
Evapotranspiration Imported Retic. Water 8.8 GL/yr
298 GL/yr = Outflows
Rainfall
432 GL/yr
TN 173 t/yr Exported Retic. Water 0 GL/yr
TP 2.6 t/yr
Recycled Water
2.1 GL/yr
Stormwater Discharges
Rural Extractions
0.8 GL/yr 119 GL/yr
Constraints Table TSS 7,980 t/yr
Current TN 109 t/yr
Constraint Condition
TP 12.6 t/yr
Storage Yield (Cab. Weir) N/A N/A
STP Discharges
Water Treatment Plant N/A N/A 9.5 GL/yr
TP: 8.47 t/yr TSS 19 t/yr
TP: 3.56 t/yr Total Loads to Receiving Waters
Sewage Treatment Plant TN: 29 t/yr TN 30 t/yr
TN: 21.4 t/yr 127 GL/yr
(Murrumba Downs) 150,000 EP TP 4 t/yr
95,000 EP
(Design) TSS 7,997 t/yr
40,000 EP TN 136 t/yr
40,00 EP
Sewage Treatment Plant (Design) TP 16.1 t/yr
(Brendale) <50,000 EP Retic. Water Yield = storage/WTP yield
(Licence) + imported water + recycled water +
Rainwater Tanks
10.5 GL/yr 2.1 GL/yr
Recycled Water Reuse Retic. Water Demand = residential &
non-residential demand (including
Sustainable Loads - TSS 2,254 t/yr 7,997 t/yr system losses) + exported water
requirements
Sustainable Loads – TN 50 t/yr 136 t/yr Lower Pine Catchment – 2010
Sustainable Loads - TP 6.8 t/yr 16.1 t/yr Loads to Receiving Waters =
stormwater + Sewage Treatment Plant
Environmental Flow 92 GL/yr 127 GL/yr Urban Population 90,695
= Inflows
Evapotranspiration Imported Retic. Water 0 GL/yr
87 GL/yr = Outflows
Rainfall
111 GL/yr
TN 45 t/yr Exported Retic. Water 0 GL/yr
TP 0.7 t/yr
Leakage 0 GL/yr
Recycled Water
0 GL/yr
Stormwater Discharges
Rural Extractions
0.3 GL/yr 24.5 GL/yr
TSS 797 t/yr
TN 20 t/yr
TP 1.6 t/yr
STP Discharges
Constraints Table
0 GL/yr
Current
Constraint TSS 0 t/yr
Condition
Total Loads to Receiving Waters TN 0 t/yr
Storage Yield N/A N/A 24.5 GL/yr TP 0 t/yr
Water Treatment Plant N/A N/A TSS 797 t/yr
N/A N/A TN 20 t/yr
TP 1.6 t/yr
Sewage Treatment Plant
Retic. Water Yield = storage/WTP yield
+ imported water + recycled water +
RWT
N/A N/A
Recycled Water Reuse Retic. Water Demand = residential &
non-residential demand (including
Sustainable Loads - TSS ? 797 t/yr
Mary River Catchment – 2010 system losses) + exported water
requirements
Sustainable Loads – TN ? 20 t/yr
Loads to Receiving Waters =
Sustainable Loads - TP ? 1.6 t/yr Urban Population 0 stormwater + Sewage Treatment Plant
Environmental Flow N/A 24.5 GL/yr
= Inflows
Evapotranspiration Imported Retic. Water 0 GL/yr
139 GL/yr = Outflows
Rainfall
185 GL/yr
TN 74 t/yr Exported Retic. Water 0 GL/yr
TP 1.1 t/yr
Leakage 0 GL/yr
Recycled Water
0 GL/yr
Stormwater Discharges
Rural Extractions
0.9 GL/yr 42.7 GL/yr
TSS 1,595 t/yr
TN 36 t/yr
TP 3.3 t/yr
STP Discharges
Constraints Table
0 GL/yr
Current
Constraint TSS 0 t/yr
Condition
Total Loads to Receiving Waters TN 0 t/yr
Storage Yield N/A N/A 42.7 GL/yr TP 0 t/yr
Water Treatment Plant N/A N/A TSS 1,595 t/yr
N/A N/A TN 36 t/yr
TP 3.3 t/yr
Sewage Treatment Plant
Retic. Water Yield = storage/WTP yield
+ imported water + recycled water +
RWT
N/A N/A
Recycled Water Reuse Retic. Water Demand = residential &
non-residential demand (including
Sustainable Loads - TSS ? 1,595 t/yr
Neurum Creek Catchment – 2010 system losses) + exported water
requirements
Sustainable Loads – TN ? 36 t/yr
Loads to Receiving Waters =
Sustainable Loads - TP ? 3.3 t/yr Urban Population 0 stormwater + Sewage Treatment Plant
Environmental Flow N/A 42.7 GL/yr
= Inflows
Evapotranspiration Imported Retic. Water 1.2 GL/yr
232 GL/yr = Outflows
Rainfall
327 GL/yr
TN 131 t/yr Exported Retic. Water 0 GL/yr
TP 2 t/yr
Recycled Water
0 GL/yr
Stormwater Discharges
Rural Extractions
3.6 GL/yr 93.4 GL/yr
TSS 3,111 t/yr
TN 73 t/yr
TP 9.3 t/yr
STP Discharges
Constraints Table
0 GL/yr
Current
Constraint TSS 0 t/yr
Condition
Total Loads to Receiving Waters TN 0 t/yr
Storage Yield N/A N/A 93.4 GL/yr TP 0 t/yr
Water Treatment Plant N/A N/A TSS 3,111 t/yr
N/A N/A TN 73 t/yr
TP 9.3 t/yr
Sewage Treatment Plant
Retic. Water Yield = storage/WTP yield
+ imported water + recycled water +
RWT
N/A N/A
Recycled Water Reuse Retic. Water Demand = residential &
non-residential demand (including
Sustainable Loads - TSS ? 3,111 t/yr
Pumicestone Passage Catchment – 2010 system losses) + exported water
requirements
Sustainable Loads – TN ? 73 t/yr
Loads to Receiving Waters =
Sustainable Loads - TP ? 9.3 t/yr Urban Population 11,415 stormwater + Sewage Treatment Plant
Environmental Flow 82 GL/yr 93.4 GL/yr
= Inflows
Evapotranspiration Imported Retic. Water 6.1 GL/yr
25 GL/yr = Outflows
Rainfall
37 GL/yr
TN 15 t/yr Exported Retic. Water 0 GL/yr
TP 0.2 t/yr
Recycled Water
0 GL/yr
Stormwater Discharges
Rural Extractions
0 GL/yr 45.1 GL/yr
TSS 1,143 t/yr
TN 19 t/yr
TP 2.6 t/yr
STP Discharges
Constraints Table
0 GL/yr
Current
Constraint TSS 0 t/yr
Condition
Total Loads to Receiving Waters TN 0 t/yr
Storage Yield N/A N/A 45.1 GL/yr TP 0 t/yr
Water Treatment Plant N/A N/A TSS 1,143 t/yr
N/A N/A TN 19 t/yr
TP 2.6 t/yr
Sewage Treatment Plant
Retic. Water Yield = storage/WTP yield
+ imported water + recycled water +
RWT
N/A N/A
Recycled Water Reuse Retic. Water Demand = residential &
non-residential demand (including
Sustainable Loads - TSS ? 1,143 t/yr
Redcliffe Catchment – 2010 system losses) + exported water
requirements
Sustainable Loads – TN ? 19 t/yr
Loads to Receiving Waters =
Sustainable Loads - TP ? 2.6 t/yr Urban Population 49,638 stormwater + Sewage Treatment Plant
Environmental Flow N/A 45.1 GL/yr
= Inflows
Evapotranspiration Imported Retic. Water 0 GL/yr
53 GL/yr = Outflows
Rainfall
74 GL/yr
TN 30 t/yr Exported Retic. Water 5.3 GL/yr
TP 0.4 t/yr
Recycled Water
0 GL/yr
Stormwater Discharges
Rural Extractions
0 GL/yr 13.9 GL/yr
TSS 1,195 t/yr
TN 15 t/yr
TP 1.8 t/yr
STP Discharges
Constraints Table
0 GL/yr
Current
Constraint TSS 0 t/yr
Condition
Total Loads to Receiving Waters TN 0 t/yr
Storage Yield (Lake 7 GL/yr 5.5 GL/yr 13.9 GL/yr TP 0 t/yr
Kurwongbah)
TSS 1,195 t/yr
TN 15 t/yr
Water Treatment Plant 16.4 GL/yr 5.5 GL/yr
TP 1.8 t/yr
N/A N/A Retic. Water Yield = storage/WTP yield
Sewage Treatment Plant + imported water + recycled water +
RWT
Recycled Water Reuse N/A N/A Retic. Water Demand = residential &
non-residential demand (including
Sustainable Loads - TSS 420 t/yr 1,195 t/yr
Sideling Creek Catchment – 2010 system losses) + exported water
requirements
Sustainable Loads – TN 9 t/yr 15 t/yr
Loads to Receiving Waters =
Sustainable Loads - TP 1.3 t/yr 1.8 t/yr Urban Population 1,397 stormwater + Sewage Treatment Plant
Environmental Flow N/A 13.9 GL/yr
= Inflows
Evapotranspiration Imported Retic. Water 0 GL/yr
501 GL/yr = Outflows
Rainfall
670 GL/yr
TN 268 t/yr Exported Retic. Water 0 GL/yr
TP 4 t/yr
Recycled Water
0 GL/yr
Stormwater Discharges
Rural Extractions
3.6 GL/yr 158.4 GL/yr
TSS 5,980.7 t/yr
TN 132.6 t/yr
TP 12.67 t/yr
STP Discharges
Constraints Table
0.1 GL/yr
Current
Constraint TSS 0.3 t/yr
Condition
Total Loads to Receiving Waters TN 0.4 t/yr
Storage Yield (Cab. Weir) 1.1 GL/yr 0.67 GL/yr 158.5 GL/yr TP 0.03 t/yr
Water Treatment Plant 1.46 GL/yr 0.67 GL/yr TSS 5,981 t/yr
2,000 EP 2,115 EP TN 133 t/yr
(Design) TP 12.7 t/yr
Sewage Treatment Plant <4,000 EP Retic. Water Yield = storage/WTP yield
(Licence) + imported water + recycled water +
RWT
0.1 0 GL/yr
Recycled Water Reuse Retic. Water Demand = residential &
Stanley River Catchment – 2010 non-residential demand (including
Sustainable Loads - TSS WSC 5,981 t/yr system losses) + exported water
Sustainable Loads – TN WSC 133 t/yr Urban Population 4,073 requirements
Recycled Water
0.1 GL/yr
Stormwater Discharges
Rural Extractions
2.7 GL/yr 101 GL/yr
Constraints Table TSS 4,466 t/yr
Current TN 87 t/yr
Constraint Condition
TP 8 t/yr
Storage Yield (North Pine) 60 GL/yr 23.3 GL/yr
STP Discharges
Water Treatment Plant 91.3 GL/yr 23.3 GL/yr 0 GL/yr
(North Pine)
TSS 0 t/yr
Storage Yield (Dayboro) 0.25 GL/yr 0.14 GL/yr Total Loads to Receiving Waters TN 0 t/yr
Water Treatment Plant 0.37GL/yr 0.14 GL/yr 101 GL/yr TP 0 t/yr
(Dayboro) TSS 4,466 t/yr
2,000 EP 1,438 EP TN 87 t/yr
Sewage Treatment Plant (Design) TP 8 t/yr
(Dayboro) <1,500 EP Retic. Water Yield = storage/WTP yield
(Licence) + imported water + recycled water +
RWT
0.1 GL/yr 0.1 GL/yr
Recycled Water Reuse Retic. Water Demand = residential &
non-residential demand (including
Sustainable Loads - TSS 2,781 t/yr 4,466 t/yr
Upper Pine Catchment – 2010 system losses) + exported water
requirements
Sustainable Loads – TN 62 t/yr 87 t/yr
Loads to Receiving Waters =
Sustainable Loads - TP 8.4 t/yr 8 t/yr Urban Population 2,014 stormwater + Sewage Treatment Plant
Environmental Flow N/A 101 GL/yr
FUTURE WATER ACCOUNT FIGURES D-1
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
= Inflows
Evapotranspiration Imported Retic. Water 1.5 GL/yr
45 GL/yr = Outflows
Rainfall
60 GL/yr
TN 24 t/yr Exported Retic. Water 0 GL/yr
TP 0.4 t/yr
Recycled Water
0 GL/yr
Stormwater Discharges
Rural Extractions
0 GL/yr 15 GL/yr
TSS 725 t/yr
TN 15 t/yr
TP 1.7 t/yr
STP Discharges to
Constraints Table Groundwater
Future 3 GL/yr
Constraint Condition TSS 6 t/yr
Total Loads to Receiving Waters
Storage Yield 1.6 GL/yr 1.1 GL/yr TN 4.5 t/yr
15 GL/yr
TP 3 t/yr
Water Treatment Plant 1.3 GL/yr 1.1 GL/yr TSS 725 t/yr
38,000 EP 36,361 EP TN 15 t/yr
(Design) TP 1.7 t/yr
Sewage Treatment Plant <50,000 EP Retic. Water Yield = storage/WTP yield
(Licence) + imported water + recycled water +
rainwater tank
3 GL/yr 0 GL/yr
Recycled Water Reuse Retic. Water Demand = residential &
non-residential demand (including
Sustainable Loads - TSS ? 725 t/yr
Bribie Island Catchment – 2031 system losses) + exported water
requirements
Sustainable Loads – TN ? 15 t/yr
Loads to Receiving Waters =
Sustainable Loads - TP ? 1.7 t/yr Urban Population 21,830 stormwater + Sewage Treatment Plant
Environmental Flow N/A 15 GL/yr
= Inflows
Evapotranspiration Imported Retic. Water 2.5 GL/yr
45 GL/yr = Outflows
Rainfall
56 GL/yr
TN 22 t/yr Exported Retic. Water 0 GL/yr
TP 0.3 t/yr
Recycled Water
0 GL/yr
Stormwater Discharges
Rural Extractions
0.1 GL/yr 12.8 GL/yr
TSS 956 t/yr
TN 15 t/yr
TP 2.1 t/yr
STP Discharges
Constraints Table
0 GL/yr
Future
Constraint TSS 0 t/yr
Condition
Total Loads to Receiving Waters TN 0 t/yr
Storage Yield N/A N/A 12.8 GL/yr TP 0 t/yr
Water Treatment Plant N/A N/A TSS 956 t/yr
N/A N/A TN 15 t/yr
TP 2.1 t/yr
Sewage Treatment Plant
Retic. Water Yield = storage/WTP yield
+ imported water + recycled water +
rainwater tanks
N/A 0 GL/yr
Recycled Water Reuse Retic. Water Demand = residential &
non-residential demand (including
Sustainable Loads - TSS ? 956 t/yr
Brisbane Coastal Catchment – 2031 system losses) + exported water
requirements
Sustainable Loads – TN ? 15 t/yr
Loads to Receiving Waters =
Sustainable Loads - TP ? 2.1 t/yr Urban Population 24,058 stormwater + Sewage Treatment Plant
Environmental Flow N/A 12.8 GL/yr
= Inflows
Evapotranspiration Imported Retic. Water 7.3 GL/yr
80 GL/yr = Outflows
Rainfall
119 GL/yr
TN 47 t/yr Exported Retic. Water 0 GL/yr
TP 0.7 t/yr
Recycled Water
0 GL/yr
Stormwater Discharges
Rural Extractions
0 GL/yr 36.3 GL/yr
TSS 2,832 t/yr
TN 43 t/yr
TP 6.3 t/yr
STP Discharges
Constraints Table
0 GL/yr
Future
Constraint TSS 0 t/yr
Condition
Total Loads to Receiving Waters TN 0 t/yr
Storage Yield N/A N/A
36.3 GL/yr TP 0 t/yr
Water Treatment Plant N/A N/A TSS 2,832 t/yr
N/A N/A TN 43 t/yr
Sewage Treatment Plant TP 6.3 t/yr
Retic. Water Yield = storage/WTP yield
+ imported water + recycled water +
rainwater tanks
N/A N/A
Recycled Water Reuse Retic. Water Demand = residential &
non-residential demand (including
Sustainable Loads - TSS ? 2,832 t/yr
Burpengary Creek Catchment – 2031 system losses) + exported water
requirements
Sustainable Loads – TN ? 43 t/yr
Loads to Receiving Waters =
Sustainable Loads - TP ? 6.3 t/yr Urban Population 64,396 stormwater + Sewage Treatment Plant
Environmental Flow N/A 36.3 GL/yr
= Inflows
Evapotranspiration Imported Retic. Water 0 GL/yr
3.7 GL/yr = Outflows
Rainfall
5.2 GL/yr
TN 2.1 t/yr Exported Retic. Water 0 GL/yr
TP 0 t/yr
Leakage 0 GL/yr
Recycled Water
0 GL/yr
Stormwater Discharges
Rural Extractions
0 GL/yr 1.5 GL/yr
TSS 50 t/yr
TN 1 t/yr
TP 0.1 t/yr
STP Discharges
Constraints Table
0 GL/yr
Future
Constraint TSS 0 t/yr
Condition
Total Loads to Receiving Waters TN 0 t/yr
Storage Yield N/A N/A 1.5 GL/yr TP 0 t/yr
Water Treatment Plant N/A N/A TSS 50 t/yr
N/A N/A TN 1 t/yr
TP 0.1 t/yr
Sewage Treatment Plant
Retic. Water Yield = storage/WTP yield
+ imported water + recycled water +
RWT
N/A N/A
Recycled Water Reuse Retic. Water Demand = residential &
non-residential demand (including
Sustainable Loads - TSS ? 50 t/yr
Byron Creek Catchment – 2031 system losses) + exported water
requirements
Sustainable Loads – TN ? 1 t/yr
Loads to Receiving Waters =
Sustainable Loads - TP ? 0.1 t/yr Urban Population 0 stormwater + Sewage Treatment Plant
Environmental Flow N/A 1.5 GL/yr
= Inflows
Evapotranspiration Imported Retic. Water 19.9 GL/yr
392 GL/yr = Outflows
Rainfall
540 GL/yr
TN 216 t/yr Exported Retic. Water 2.8 GL/yr
TP 3.2 t/yr
Recycled Water
0.7 GL/yr
Stormwater Discharges
Rural Extractions
1.3 GL/yr 169.7 GL/yr
Constraints Table TSS 12,382 t/yr
Future TN 199 t/yr
Constraint Condition
TP 27.2 t/yr
Storage Yield (Cab. Weir) 3.6 GL/yr 3.6 GL/yr
STP Discharges
Water Treatment Plant 5.5 GL/yr 3.6 GL/yr 18.2 GL/yr
40,000 EP 154,034 EP TSS 36.5 t/yr
(Design) Total Loads to Receiving Waters TN 48.7 t/yr
Sewerage Treatment Plant
(Caboolture) 100,000 EP 187.9 GL/yr TP 5.5 t/yr
(Licence) TSS 12,419 t/yr
77,410 EP TN 247 t/yr
49,500 EP
Sewerage Treatment Plant (Design) TP 32.7 t/yr
(Burpengary) <50,000 EP Retic. Water Yield = storage/WTP yield
(Licence) + imported water + recycled water +
rainwater tanks
3.7 GL/yr (A+) 0.7 GL/yr
Recycled Water Reuse Retic. Water Demand = residential &
? 12,419 t/yr
Caboolture River Catchment with non-residential demand (including
Sustainable Loads - TSS system losses) + exported water
Sustainable Loads – TN 27 t/yr 247 t/yr CIGA – 2031 requirements
Recycled Water
0.7 GL/yr
Stormwater Discharges
Rural Extractions
1.3 GL/yr 156 GL/yr
Constraints Table TSS 10,684 t/yr
Future TN 167 t/yr
Constraint Condition
TP 21.9 t/yr
Storage Yield (Cab. Weir) 3.6 GL/yr 3.6 GL/yr
STP Discharges
Water Treatment Plant 5.5 GL/yr 3.6 GL/yr 13.3 GL/yr
40,000 EP 94,034 EP TSS 26.6 t/yr
(Design) Total Loads to Receiving Waters TN 36.5 t/yr
Sewerage Treatment Plant
(Caboolture) 100,000 EP 169 GL/yr TP 4 t/yr
(Licence) TSS 10,711 t/yr
77,410 EP TN 203 t/yr
49,500 EP
Sewerage Treatment Plant (Design) TP 25.9 t/yr
(Burpengary) <50,000 EP Retic. Water Yield = storage/WTP yield
(Licence) + imported water + recycled water +
rainwater tanks
3.7 GL/yr (A+) 0.7 GL/yr
Recycled Water Reuse Retic. Water Demand = residential &
non-residential demand (including
Sustainable Loads - TSS ? 10,711 t/yr system losses) + exported water
requirements
Sustainable Loads – TN 27 t/yr 203 t/yr Caboolture River Catchment – 2031
Sustainable Loads - TP ? 25.9 t/yr Loads to Receiving Waters =
stormwater + Sewage Treatment Plant
Environmental Flow 118 GL/yr 169 GL/yr Urban Population 112,227
= Inflows
Evapotranspiration Imported Retic. Water 14.7 GL/yr
62 GL/yr = Outflows
Rainfall
107 GL/yr
TN 43 t/yr Exported Retic. Water 0 GL/yr
TP 0.6 t/yr
Recycled Water
0.1 GL/yr
Stormwater Discharges
Rural Extractions
0.2 GL/yr 50.3 GL/yr
TSS 4,021 t/yr
TN 60 t/yr
TP 9 t/yr
STP Discharges
Constraints Table
6.8 GL/yr
Future
Constraint TSS 13.6 t/yr
Condition
Total Loads to Receiving Waters TN 34 t/yr
Storage Yield N/A N/A 57.1 GL/yr TP 0.7 t/yr
Water Treatment Plant N/A N/A TSS 4,035 t/yr
70,000 EP 84,080 EP TN 94 t/yr
Sewage Treatment Plant (Design) TP 9.7 t/yr
(Redcliffe) <100,000 EP Retic. Water Yield = storage/WTP yield
(Licence) + imported water + recycled water +
rainwater tanks
6.9 GL/yr 0.1 GL/yr
Recycled Water Reuse Retic. Water Demand = residential &
non-residential demand (including
Sustainable Loads - TSS 606 t/yr 4,035 t/yr
Hays Inlet Catchment – 2031 system losses) + exported water
requirements
Sustainable Loads – TN 13 t/yr 94 t/yr
Loads to Receiving Waters =
Sustainable Loads - TP 1.8 t/yr 9.7 t/yr Urban Population 111,641 stormwater + Sewage Treatment Plant
Environmental Flow N/A 57.1 GL/yr
= Inflows
Evapotranspiration Imported Retic. Water 12.8 GL/yr
298 GL/yr = Outflows
Rainfall
432 GL/yr
TN 173 t/yr Exported Retic. Water 0 GL/yr
TP 2.6 t/yr
Recycled Water
3.3 GL/yr
Stormwater Discharges
Rural Extractions
0.8 GL/yr 127.5 GL/yr
Constraints Table TSS 9,625 t/yr
Future TN 132 t/yr
Constraint Condition
TP 17.4 t/yr
Storage Yield (Cab. Weir) N/A N/A
STP Discharges
Water Treatment Plant N/A N/A 15.7 GL/yr
TP: 8.47 t/yr TSS 31.4 t/yr
TP: 5.95 t/yr Total Loads to Receiving Waters
Sewage Treatment Plant TN: 21.2 t/yr TN 45 t/yr
TN: 35.7 t/yr 143.2 GL/yr
(Murrumba Downs) 150,000 EP TP 7.9 t/yr
(Design) 181,000 EP
TSS 9,656 t/yr
TN 177 t/yr
40,00 EP
(Design) 73,000 EP TP 22.3 t/yr
Sewage Treatment Plant
(Brendale) <50,000 EP Retic. Water Yield = storage/WTP yield
(Licence) + imported water + recycled water +
Rainwater Tanks
19 GL/yr 3.3 GL/yr
Recycled Water Reuse Retic. Water Demand = residential &
non-residential demand (including
Sustainable Loads - TSS 2,254 t/yr 9,656 t/yr system losses) + exported water
requirements
Sustainable Loads – TN 50 t/yr 177 t/yr Lower Pine Catchment – 2031
Sustainable Loads - TP 6.8 t/yr 22 t/yr Loads to Receiving Waters =
stormwater + Sewage Treatment Plant
Environmental Flow >92 GL/yr 143 GL/yr Urban Population 132,974
= Inflows
Evaporation Imported Retic. Water 0 GL/yr
87 GL/yr = Outflows
Rainfall
111 GL/yr
TN 45 t/yr Exported Retic. Water 0 GL/yr
TP 0.7 t/yr
Leakage 0 GL/yr
Recycled Water
0 GL/yr
Stormwater Discharges
Rural Extractions
0.3 GL/yr 24.5 GL/yr
TSS 797 t/yr
TN 20 t/yr
TP 1.6 t/yr
STP Discharges
Constraints Table
0 GL/yr
Future
Constraint TSS 0 t/yr
Condition
Total Loads to Receiving Waters TN 0 t/yr
Storage Yield N/A N/A 24.5 GL/yr TP 0 t/yr
Water Treatment Plant N/A N/A TSS 797 t/yr
N/A N/A TN 20 t/yr
TP 1.6 t/yr
Sewage Treatment Plant
Retic. Water Yield = storage/WTP yield
+ imported water + recycled water +
rainwater tanks
N/A N/A
Recycled Water Reuse Retic. Water Demand = residential &
non-residential demand (including
Sustainable Loads - TSS ? 797 t/yr
Mary River Catchment – 2031 system losses) + exported water
requirements
Sustainable Loads – TN ? 20 t/yr
Loads to Receiving Waters =
Sustainable Loads - TP ? 1.6 t/yr Urban Population 0 stormwater + Sewage Treatment Plant
Environmental Flow N/A 24.5 GL/yr
= Inflows
Evapotranspiration Imported Retic. Water 0 GL/yr
139 GL/yr = Outflows
Rainfall
185 GL/yr
TN 74 t/yr Exported Retic. Water 0 GL/yr
TP 1.1 t/yr
Leakage 0 GL/yr
Recycled Water
0 GL/yr
Stormwater Discharges
Rural Extractions
0.9 GL/yr 42.7 GL/yr
TSS 1,595 t/yr
TN 36 t/yr
TP 3.3 t/yr
STP Discharges
Constraints Table
0 GL/yr
Future
Constraint TSS 0 t/yr
Condition
Total Loads to Receiving Waters TN 0 t/yr
Storage Yield N/A N/A 42.7 GL/yr TP 0 t/yr
Water Treatment Plant N/A N/A TSS 1,595 t/yr
N/A N/A TN 36 t/yr
TP 3.3 t/yr
Sewage Treatment Plant
Retic. Water Yield = storage/WTP yield
+ imported water + recycled water +
rainwater tanks
N/A N/A
Recycled Water Reuse Retic. Water Demand = residential &
non-residential demand (including
Sustainable Loads - TSS ? 1,595 t/yr
Neurum Creek Catchment – 2031 system losses) + exported water
requirements
Sustainable Loads – TN ? 36 t/yr
Loads to Receiving Waters =
Sustainable Loads - TP ? 3.3 t/yr Urban Population 0 stormwater + Sewage Treatment Plant
Environmental Flow N/A 42.7 GL/yr
= Inflows
Evapotranspiration Imported Retic. Water 1.2 GL/yr
232 GL/yr = Outflows
Rainfall
327 GL/yr
TN 131 t/yr Exported Retic. Water 0 GL/yr
TP 2 t/yr
Recycled Water
0 GL/yr
Stormwater Discharges
Rural Extractions
3.6 GL/yr 95.7 GL/yr
TSS 3,557 t/yr
TN 79 t/yr
TP 10.4 t/yr
STP Discharges
Constraints Table
0 GL/yr
Future
Constraint TSS 0 t/yr
Condition
Total Loads to Receiving Waters TN 0 t/yr
Storage Yield N/A N/A 95.7 GL/yr TP 0 t/yr
Water Treatment Plant N/A N/A TSS 3,557 t/yr
N/A N/A TN 79 t/yr
TP 10.4 t/yr
Sewage Treatment Plant
Retic. Water Yield = storage/WTP yield
+ imported water + recycled water +
RWT
N/A N/A
Recycled Water Reuse Retic. Water Demand = residential &
non-residential demand (including
Sustainable Loads - TSS ? 3,557 t/yr
Pumicestone Passage Catchment – 2031 system losses) + exported water
requirements
Sustainable Loads – TN ? 79 t/yr
Loads to Receiving Waters =
Sustainable Loads - TP ? 10.4 t/yr Urban Population 12,183 stormwater + Sewage Treatment Plant
Environmental Flow 82 GL/yr 95.7 GL/yr
= Inflows
Evapotranspiration Imported Retic. Water 8.8 GL/yr
25 GL/yr = Outflows
Rainfall
37 GL/yr
TN 15 t/yr Exported Retic. Water 0 GL/yr
TP 0.2 t/yr
Recycled Water
0 GL/yr
Stormwater Discharges
Rural Extractions
0 GL/yr 46.5 GL/yr
TSS 1,344 t/yr
TN 21 t/yr
TP 3.1 t/yr
STP Discharges
Constraints Table
0 GL/yr
Future
Constraint TSS 0 t/yr
Condition
Total Loads to Receiving Waters TN 0 t/yr
Storage Yield N/A N/A 46.5 GL/yr TP 0 t/yr
Water Treatment Plant N/A N/A TSS 1,344 t/yr
N/A N/A TN 21 t/yr
TP 3.1 t/yr
Sewage Treatment Plant
Retic. Water Yield = storage/WTP yield
+ imported water + recycled water +
RWT
N/A N/A
Recycled Water Reuse Retic. Water Demand = residential &
non-residential demand (including
Sustainable Loads - TSS ? 1,344 t/yr
Redcliffe Catchment – 2031 system losses) + exported water
requirements
Sustainable Loads – TN ? 21 t/yr
Loads to Receiving Waters =
Sustainable Loads - TP ? 3.1 t/yr Urban Population 72,858 stormwater + Sewage Treatment Plant
Environmental Flow N/A 46.5 GL/yr
= Inflows
Evapotranspiration Imported Retic. Water 0 GL/yr
53 GL/yr = Outflows
Rainfall
74 GL/yr
TN 30 t/yr Exported Retic. Water 5.4 GL/yr
TP 0.4 t/yr
Recycled Water
0 GL/yr
Stormwater Discharges
Rural Extractions
0 GL/yr 14 GL/yr
TSS 1,215 t/yr
TN 16 t/yr
TP 1.9 t/yr
STP Discharges
Constraints Table
0 GL/yr
Future
Constraint TSS 0 t/yr
Condition
Total Loads to Receiving Waters TN 0 t/yr
Storage Yield (Lake 7 GL/yr 5.7 GL/yr 14 GL/yr TP 0 t/yr
Kurwongbah)
TSS 1,215 t/yr
TN 16 t/yr
Water Treatment Plant 16.4 GL/yr 5.7 GL/yr
TP 1.9 t/yr
N/A N/A Retic. Water Yield = storage/WTP yield
Sewage Treatment Plant + imported water + recycled water +
RWT
Recycled Water Reuse N/A N/A Retic. Water Demand = residential &
non-residential demand (including
Sustainable Loads - TSS 420 t/yr 1,215 t/yr
Sideling Creek Catchment – 2031 system losses) + exported water
requirements
Sustainable Loads – TN 9 t/yr 16 t/yr
Loads to Receiving Waters =
Sustainable Loads - TP 1.3 t/yr 1.9 t/yr Urban Population 2,609 stormwater + Sewage Treatment Plant
Environmental Flow N/A 14 GL/yr
= Inflows
Evapotranspiration Imported Retic. Water 0 GL/yr
501 GL/yr = Outflows
Rainfall
670 GL/yr
TN 268 t/yr Exported Retic. Water 0 GL/yr
TP 4 t/yr
Recycled Water
0 GL/yr
Stormwater Discharges
Rural Extractions
3.6 GL/yr 158.9 GL/yr
TSS 6,118 t/yr
TN 135 t/yr
TP 13.2 t/yr
STP Discharges
Constraints Table
0.4 GL/yr
Future
Constraint TSS 0.7 t/yr
Condition
Total Loads to Receiving Waters TN 1.8 t/yr
Storage Yield (Woodford) 1.1 GL/yr 1.1 GL/yr 159.3 GL/yr TP 0.4 t/yr
Water Treatment Plant 1.46 GL/yr 1.1 GL/yr TSS 6,119 t/yr
2,000 EP 4,373 EP TN 137 t/yr
(Design) TP 13.6 t/yr
Sewage Treatment Plant <4,000 EP Retic. Water Yield = storage/WTP yield
(Licence) + imported water + recycled water +
RWT
0.4 GL/yr 0 GL/yr
Recycled Water Reuse Retic. Water Demand = residential &
Stanley River Catchment – 2031 non-residential demand (including
Sustainable Loads - TSS WSC 6,119 t/yr system losses) + exported water
Sustainable Loads – TN WSC 137 t/yr Urban Population 8,642 requirements
Recycled Water
0.2 GL/yr
Stormwater Discharges
Rural Extractions
2.7 GL/yr 101 GL/yr
Constraints Table TSS 4,477 t/yr
Future TN 86 t/yr
Constraint Condition
TP 7 t/yr
Storage Yield (North Pine) 60 GL/yr 37.6 GL/yr
STP Discharges
Water Treatment Plant 91.3 GL/yr 37.6 GL/yr 0 GL/yr
(North Pine)
TSS 0 t/yr
Storage Yield (Dayboro) 0.25 GL/yr 0.25 GL/yr Total Loads to Receiving Waters TN 0 t/yr
Water Treatment Plant 0.37GL/yr 0.25 GL/yr 101 GL/yr TP 0 t/yr
(Dayboro) TSS 4,477 t/yr
2,000 EP 2,157 EP TN 86 t/yr
Sewage Treatment Plant (Design) TP 7 t/yr
(Dayboro) <1,500 EP Retic. Water Yield = storage/WTP yield
(Licence) + imported water + recycled water +
RWT
0.2 GL/yr 0.2 GL/yr
Recycled Water Reuse Retic. Water Demand = residential &
non-residential demand (including
Sustainable Loads - TSS 2,781 t/yr 4,477 t/yr
Upper Pine Catchment – 2031 system losses) + exported water
requirements
Sustainable Loads – TN 62 t/yr 86 t/yr
Loads to Receiving Waters =
Sustainable Loads - TP 8.4 t/yr 7 t/yr Urban Population 3,223 stormwater + Sewage Treatment Plant
Environmental Flow N/A 101 GL/yr
HSTP & SEPTIC SYSTEM POLLUTANT LOADS E-1
Home Sewage Treatment Plants (HSTP) Septic Systems Total HSTP & Septic
Volume
Treated Volume
Lots with Lots with Sewage Treated Volume Treated
Subcatchment HSTP Septic ML/yr TSS (t/yr) TN (t/yr) TP (t/yr) Sewage ML/yr TSS (t/yr) TN (t/yr) TP (t/yr) Sewage ML/yr TSS (t/yr) TN (t/yr) TP (t/yr)
Mary River 8 4 0.00 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.01 0.000 0.000 0.000
Stanley River 178 53 0.10 0.003 0.003 0.001 0.03 0.004 0.002 0.000 0.13 0.007 0.005 0.001
Nuerum Creek 27 10 0.02 0.000 0.001 0.000 0.01 0.001 0.000 0.000 0.02 0.001 0.001 0.000
Byron Creek 1 0 0.00 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.000 0.000 0.000
Caboolture River 1250 231 0.70 0.021 0.025 0.007 0.13 0.016 0.008 0.002 0.83 0.037 0.032 0.009
Pumicestone Passage 318 891 0.18 0.005 0.006 0.002 0.50 0.061 0.030 0.008 0.68 0.067 0.036 0.010
Bribie Island 5 2 0.00 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.000 0.000 0.000
Upper Pine River 352 8 0.20 0.006 0.007 0.002 0.00 0.001 0.000 0.000 0.20 0.006 0.007 0.002
Burpengary Creek 352 70 0.20 0.006 0.007 0.002 0.04 0.005 0.002 0.001 0.24 0.011 0.009 0.003
Sideling Creek 65 6 0.04 0.001 0.001 0.000 0.00 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.04 0.002 0.001 0.000
Hays Inlet 92 71 0.05 0.002 0.002 0.001 0.04 0.005 0.002 0.001 0.09 0.006 0.004 0.001
Lower Pine River 2283 16 1.28 0.038 0.045 0.013 0.01 0.001 0.001 0.000 1.29 0.040 0.045 0.013
Brisbane Coastal 15 1 0.01 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.01 0.000 0.000 0.000
Redcliffe 0 0 0 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.000 0.000 0.000
Assumptions
3 EP per rural household - source Caboolture District Demand Model 2010 Report
187 L sewage/EP/day
HSTP Effluent Quality: 30 mg/L TSS, 35 mg/L TN, 10 mg/L TP
Septic Effluent Quality: 123 mg/L TSS, 60 mg/L TN, 16 mg/L TP
Effluent quality derived from Qld Plumbing and Wastewater Code (2010) & On Site Sewerage Facilities Guidelines for Effluent Quality (2004), Department of Local Government and Planning
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
SOLUTION DESCRIPTIONS F-1
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
SOLUTION DESCRIPTIONS F-2
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
SOLUTION DESCRIPTIONS F-3
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
SOLUTION DESCRIPTIONS F-4
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
MCA CRITERIA DESCRIPTION FOR SCORING G-1
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
MCA CRITERIA DESCRIPTION FOR SCORING G-2
Criteria Category Criteria Criteria Description
from alternate sources of water (e.g. such as stormwater
harvesting)?
Impacts on public What impact does the solution have on the aesthetic and
amenity/recreation recreational values from changes in:
water quality (e.g. algae blooms & faecals affect
swimming, impacts to oysters/fishing) ?
water quantity (e.g. flooding)?
construction of infrastructure (aesthetics)?
Impacts on flooding What impact does the solution have on communities from
hazard increased flooding hazard as a result of:
urbanisation?
Social changes to flow paths?
changes in waterway geomorphology?
Level of community Does the solution provide an opportunity for community
understanding, involvement and education?
engagement and
ownership
Public acceptability What is the general level of public acceptability for the
solution – in terms of the perceived environmental, social
and economic impacts (i.e. is it affordable to the public)?
Consideration should be given to those directly, indirectly
and not affected by the solution.
Financial impacts on What financial impacts does the solution have on MBRC/
MBRC/ Unitywater – Unitywater, including:
Outlays, capital and the capital costs in constructing/installing infrastructure?
operating expenditure and the operating and maintenance costs over the lifetime
revenue of the infrastructure?
the potential revenue for MBRC from community use of
the infrastructure?
cost savings to MBRC through deferment or avoidance
of infrastructure upgrades and/or construction?
Financial impacts What financial impacts does the solution have on the
including costs and cost community, in terms of:
Economic
savings on consumers increased rates?
(e.g. infrastructure Increased infrastructure charges?
charges) and other housing affordability?
organisations cost savings to the community from implementation of
the solution (e.g. avoidance of increased rates due to
avoidance of costly infrastructure upgrades)?
Impacts on local industries Due to changes in water quality and quantity in waterways
that rely on the and Moreton Bay, what financial impacts does the solution
environment (Fisheries, have on local industries such as fisheries or tourism which
tourism) rely on the environment for income?
Employment plus local What financial impacts does the solution have on:
economic sustainability employment in the region (e.g. jobs creation through
creation of new industry, or job losses from loss of an
industry)?
the long-term economic sustainability of the region and
gross regional product?
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
MCA WORKSHOP PARTICIPANTS H-1
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
EXAMPLE SCOPE OF WORKS FOR DETAILED PLANNING (PHASE 2) I-1
The consultant also should utilise STP loads and flows data from
Unitywater for input into RWQM V2/V3 as point source discharges.
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
EXAMPLE SCOPE OF WORKS FOR DETAILED PLANNING (PHASE 2) I-2
environmental flow rates, to enable water quality objectives in the
upper, mid and lower portions of each estuary and Moreton Bay to
ideally be complied with.
4 Detailed assessment of solutions
The consultant should undertake detailed assessments of the Matrix of
potential solution sets identified for each catchment. These solutions
assessments should quantify the performance of the solution sets ranked in
in terms of their potential impacts on environmental, social and terms of
economic factors including, but not limited to: water quality, water environmental,
supply, water quantity, wastewater discharges, greenhouse gas social and
emissions and capital and operational costs. This will also include economic
defining the infrastructure required to implement each solution and performance
any staging requirements for the delivery of the infrastructure and defined
list of
Smaller scale catchment models such as MUSIC and Urban infrastructure
Developer should be utilised by the consultant to assist in (including
determining stormwater discharges, extent of water source staging plan)
substitution, etc from solution scenarios. Outputs from these models
will need to be used as inputs into the integrated catchment and
receiving water quality modelling framework.
\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
BMT WBM Brisbane Level 11, 490 Upper Edward Street Brisbane 4000
PO Box 203 Spring Hill QLD 4004
Tel +61 7 3831 6744 Fax +61 7 3832 3627
Email wbm@wbmpl.com.au
Web www.wbmpl.com.au
BMT WBM Perth 1 Brodie Hall Drive Technology Park Bentley 6102
Tel +61 8 9328 2029 Fax +61 8 9486 7588
Email wbmperth@wbmpl.com.au
Web www.wbmpl.com.au